Download Vauxhall Combo Infotainment System Owner`s manual

VAUXHALL Corsa & Combo
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Owner’s Manual
Data specific to your ve hicle
Please enter your vehicle’s data here to keep it ea sily accessible.
This information is available under the section "Technical da ta " as well as on the identification plate.
Fuel
Desi gnation
Engine oil
Grad e
Viscosity
Tyre inflation pressure
Tyre si ze
wi th up to 3 persons
Front
R ear
Front
R ea r
Winter tyres
Front
R ear
Front
R ea r
Weights
Permissible gross vehicle weig ht
–
EC k erb weight
=
Loading
Lev el control
Bump er H eig ht
0
wi th full load
Sum mer tyres
see page 92
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Your Corsa
Dev eloped to the la test findings of vehic le research, it offers technical sophistication and exceptiona l comfort.
Your vehicle represents an ideal synthesis of ad vanced technolog y, outsta nding safety, environm ental compatibility and economy in
opera tion.
It now lies with you to drive your vehicle safely and to see it performs perfectly.
This O wner's Manual provides you with all the necessary information to tha t end.
The O wner's Manual should a lways be kept in the v ehicle: ready to hand in the g lov e com partment.
Make use of the Owne r's Manual:
z
z
z
z
z
Its “I n brief” section will giv e y ou an initial ov erview.
Its index will help you find what y ou want.
It will familiarize you with the sophisticated technology.
It will increase your pleasure in y our vehicle.
It will help you to handle y our v ehicle ex pertly.
The O wner's Manual is designed to be clearly laid-out and easily understood.
This symb ol:
6 signifies: continue reading on next page.
3 The asterisk sig nifies equipment op tions not in all vehicles (model variants, engine options, models specific to one country, op tional
equipment, Genuine Vauxhall Parts and Accessories).
Text highlighted in yellow in p artic ular indica tes possible risk of accident and
injury. Disregard of these notes can lead to injuries which may b e fatal. Vehicle
passengers must b e informed accordingly.
Yellow arrows in the illustrations serve as points of reference or ind icate some action to be performed.
Black arrow s in the illustrations indicate a reaction or a second ac tion to be perform ed.
We w ish you m any hours of pleasurable driving
Your Va uxhall team
www.comunidadCORSA.es
1
2
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Contents
Comm itment to custom er
satisfaction:
Our ai m: to k eep you happy with your
vehicle. All Vauxhall Authorised Repairers
offer first class service at competitive
prices. Experienced, factory-trained
technicians w ork according to factory
instructions.Your Authorised Repairer can
supply you with GEN UINE VAU XHALLAPPRO VED PARTS , which hav e und ergone
stringent quality and precision chec ks, and
of course useful and a ttrac tiv e
VAUXHALL-APPROVED AC CESSO RIES.
Our nam e i s your guara ntee!
For d eta ils of the
Va uxhall Authorised Rep airer Netw ork
please r ing this number; 01582 - 427200
www.comunidadCORSA.es
In Brief . ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... . 4
Instrum ents ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 29
K eys, doors, b onnet .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 50
S eats, Interior ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 64
S afety system s ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 78
Lighting ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 99
Windows, sun roof,
folding top ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 103
C lim ate c ontrol .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 112
Easy tronic . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 126
Automatic transm ission 3 ..... .... ..... .... 132
Driving hints . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 138
S aving fuel,
protecting the environment ... ..... .... 140
Fuel consum ption,
fuel, refuelling ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 142
C atalytic converter, exhaust gases .... 144
Drive Control Sy stems ... .... ..... .... ..... .... 148
Brakes ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 152
Wheels, tyres . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 156
Roof racks, c aravan and trailer towing . ....
160
S elf-help .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 170
If y ou ha ve a problem ... .... ..... .... ..... .... 208
Maintenance,
inspection S ystem . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 210
Vehicle care .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 221
Technical Data . .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 226
Index . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 254
3
In Brief
Key num be rs, code numbers
Remove key number from keys.
The key number is specified in the vehic le
docum ents and in the C ar Pass 3.
Alloy wheels 3, tow ing equip ment 3 : M ake
a note of the key identifier cod es.
Elec tronic imm obiliser, infotainment
sy stem 3: The code numb ers are specified
in the Ca r Pass.
Do not k eep the Car Pass in the vehic le.
6 Further information – see pa ges 50, 51.
4
www.comunidadCORSA.es
To unlock ve hicle :
P ress button q 3, lift door handle
To unlock using the key in the driver’s door
lock: Turn k ey tow ards front of vehic le, lift
door handle.
Locking from the inside: Press lock buttons.
6 Door lock s, child safety locks 3 –
pag e 50,
electronic immobiliser – page 51,
radio remote control 3 – page 52,
central loc king sy stem 3 – pag e 54,
Vauxhall alarm system 3 – page 60.
To unlock luggage compartme nt:
Turn key clockwis e as far
as it will go
In order to av oid being locked out, the k ey
cannot be removed.
Position of key slot in lock:
– Horiz ontal
Lug gage compartment
locked and
unloc ked tog ether
with central
locking system.
– Vertica l
Lug gage compartment
is always locked.
Se at adjustment 3:
Pull handle, slide se at,
release handle,
allow se at to audibly latch into
position
Nev er adjust the driver’s seat whilst d riv ing.
It could move in an uncontrolled manner
when the handle has been pulled.
Adjusting seat backrest:
Turn handwheel
Move seat bac krest to suit sea ting position.
Do not lea n on seat back rest whilst
adjusting it.
6 Sea t position – see pa ge 64.
6 Seat position – see page 64.
Im porta nt : Do not sit nearer than 10
inches (25c m) from the steering wheel, to
permit safe airbag dep loy ment.
Radio remote control 3 – page 52,
central lock ing sy stem 3 – page 54,
Vauxhall alarm system 3 – page 60.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
5
Adjusting s eat height 3:
Pull le ver at s ide
Folding down the seat backre sts 3:
Raise rele as e lever
Lift lever and remove weight from sea t to
raise it or p ress d ow n on seat with body
weight to low er it.
To enter a nd leav e the rear sea t area, tilt
front seat back forwards.
6 Seat position – see page 64.
Never adjust the driver’s seat whilst driving.
It could m ov e in a n uncontrolled m anner
when the lev er has been pulled .
6 S eat position – see pag e 64.
6
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Adjusting head restraint he ight:
Tilt forwards to re lease ,
hold firmly and adjust height,
the n rele ase
6 Head restraint position – see pag e 64,
further information, remova l – see page 65,
rear head restra ints 3 – see page 65.
Adjusting interior m irror:
Swivel mirror hous ing
Swiv el lev er on underside of mirror housing
to red uce daz zle a t nig ht.
Adjusting automatic anti-dazzle
interior mirror 3 :
Swivel mirror housing
Dazzle at night is automa tic ally red uc ed.
The mirror does not reduc e da zzle when:
z the ig nition is sw itc hed off,
z rev erse gear is eng aged or selector lever
set to R,
z interior lighting has been switched on.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
7
Adjusting e xte rior mirrors :
Swivel interior handle in appropriate
direction
Electrically adjustable exterior
mirrors 3:
Four-way switch in drive r’s door
6 Further informa tion, aspheric al ex terior
mirror 3 – page 97.
Togg le switch to left or right: Four-way
switch m ov es appropriate mirror.
6 Further information, aspherical exterior
mirror 3 – see pa ge 97,
heated ex terior mirrors 3 – see pag e 19.
8
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Fitting seat belt:
Draw se at be lt smoothly from inertia
re el, guide over shoulder
and engage in buckle
The b elt must not be twisted at any point.
The lap belt must lie snugly against the
body. The backrest must not be tilted bac k
too far (recomm ended tilting angle
approx. 25°).
To release belt, press red button on belt
buckle.
6 S afety belts – see pa ges 79 to 83,
airbag sy stems 3 – see p age 84,
seat p osition – see page 64.
Disengaging steering column lock:
To re lease the lock, move the
ste ering wheel slightly
and turn the key to position I
Positions:
o = Ignition off
I = Steering released, ig nition off
II = Ignition on,
with diesel engine: Preheating
III = Start (transmission in neutral)
Steering whee l adjustment 3:
Swive l lever down,
adjust he ight,
swivel leve r up,
engage
Adjust steering wheel only when vehicle is
stationary and steering colum n loc k is
released.
6 Airbag sy stems – see pag e 84.
6 Starting – page 23,
electronic im mobiliser – pa ge 51,
Remove key and lock steering wheel
– see page 24.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
9
10
www.comunidadCORSA.es
1
Page
Side air v ents ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 115
2
Front pa ssenger airbag 3 .... ..... .... . 84
3
Infotainm ent system 3 . .... .... ..... .... . 48
4
Haza rd warning lights .. .... .... ..... .... . 17
LED for Vauxhall alarm system 3 .. 60
5
Display 3 for tim e, date,
outside tem perature,
infotainment sy stem 3 . .... .... ..... .... . 37
11
Pa ge
Lever for w indscreen wiper
and wash sy stem as well as
headlight wash system 3 and
rear window w ash system 3 .... ..... .. 17
12
Light switch ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 15, 99
13
Head lig ht range adjustment 3 ..... 100
Fog tail lig ht .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 101
Fog lights 3 ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 101
Instrument illumination ... ..... .... ..... 101
6
Centre air v ents .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 115
14
Bonnet release lev er . .... .... ..... .... ..... . 63
7
Turn signal, headlight flash,
dipped and main beam ... .... ..... .... . 15
Door-to-door
light function 3 ... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 16
Cruise control 3 .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 150
15
starter switch
with steering wheel lock .. ..... .... ..... ... 9
16
Steering wheel adjustm ent 3 ... ..... ... 9
17
Ac celera tor pedal .... .... .... ..... 138, 139
8
Horn .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 17
18
Brake peda l ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 138, 153
9
Infotainm ent system remote
control 3 . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 26
19
Clutch ped al 3 .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 139
Page
20 Heated seats 3 .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 115
21 Accessory socket or
cigarette lighter . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 75
22 Ashtray 3 .... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 76
23 Air conditioning system 3 ... ..... .... 114
Heated rear w indow 3 ... .... .... 19, 114
Air recirc ulation system 3 .... ..... .... 114
24 Heating and v entilation system .. 112
C lim ate c ontrol system 3 .... ..... .... . 119
25 Glove compartment ... ..... .... ..... .... .. 77
10 Instruments .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 29
www.comunidadCORSA.es
11
Control indicators
X
Sea t belt 3:
see p age 29.
q
Hea dlight range adjustm ent 3:
see p age 100.
>
Fog l ights 3:
see p ages 29, 101.
A
Engine electronics,
immob iliser 3,
automat ic tra nsm ission 3,
Easyt ronic 3,
fault:
see p ages 29, 51, 146.
Z
v
12
Exhaust em issi on 3:
see p ages 30, 51, 146.
Airbag systems 3,
bel t tensioners:
see p ages 80, 89.
I
O il pressur e:
see page 30.
R
Turn signal l ights:
see pages 16, 31.
Brake system,
clutch syst em :
see page 32.
O
u
C
Mai n beam:
see pages 15, 31.
Anti-lock brak e system 3:
see page 154.
S
!
Prehea ting 3 for diesel engines
see page 31.
Engine oil lev el 3:
see pages 32, 212.
EPS
1
Elec tronical ly cont rolled driv ing
prog ramm es for
autom atic transmission 3,
sporty driv ing pr og ramm e:
see page 134.
Electr oni c power steering 3:
see page 32.
v
Traction C ontrol System (TCP lu s) 3:
Electr oni c Sta bility Program
(ESP P lu s)3:
see pag e 148.
T
Autom atic t ransmission 3,
Easytronic 3,
wi nter program me:
see pages 128, 134.
g
Trailer turn signa l 3:
see page 32.
Y
Fuel level:
see pages 32, 36, 170.
y
Seat occup ancy recog nition 3:
see pages 89, 90.
r
Fog tai l light:
see pages 31, 101.
p
Alt ernat or:
see page 31.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Lighting
Lig ht switch,
st alk p osi tions:
see p ages 15, 99,
Clim ate control
x
Air flow:
see pages 113, 122.
Air distribut ion:
see pages 113, 122,
7
Lights off,
8
Park ing lights,
V
9
Dip ped and main beam.
To windscreen and
front door wind ow s,
J
0
Courtesy lig ht:
see p age 101.
To windscreen, front
door windows
and footwell,
K
L
M
To footwell,
C
Main beam :
see p age 15.
O
Turn sig na l light s:
see p age 16.
>
Fog l ights 3:
see p age 101.
r
Fog t ail lig ht:
see p age 101.
k
Instrument illum ination:
see p age 101.
?
Hea dlight range adjustm ent 3:
see p age 100.
¨
Haza rd wa rning lig ht s:
see p age 17.
Ü
Hea ted rear wi ndow 3 :
see pages 114, 121.
n
Air condi tioning system 3:
see page 114.
4
Air recircul ation system 3:
see page 114.
AUTO Automa tic mod e 3:
see page 120.
ECO
AC com pressor
activ ation/deact ivat ion 3:
see page 122.
ß
Hea ted sea ts 3:
see page 115.
To hea d area and footwell,
To hea d area .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
13
Sun roof 3
l
Sun roof
op ening/lowering:
see p age 106.
\
Sun roof
closing/raising:
see p age 106.
Date, time, information display,
Infotainment system
Inform ation d isp lay 3:
see page 37.
Ö
;
l
Foldi ng sun roof
op ening:
see p ages 107, 109.
Foldi ng sun roof
closing:
see p ages 107, 109.
Winds creen wipe r
Stalk positions:
see p age 17,
§
$
Off,
%
&
Slow,
14
Setting buttons for date and time
Infot ainment system
remote contr ol 3:
see page 26.
Folding sun roof 3
\
O n button for date and time,
Misce llaneous
p
Central l ocking system 3:
loc king – see pag e 54.
q
Central l ocking system 3:
unlocking – see page 54.
j
Horn:
see page 17.
T
Wi nter program ,
automa tic tr ansm issi on 3,
Easytronic 3 :
see pages 128, 134.
+
Fir st- aid k it (cushion) 3 :
see page 174.
¨
Wa rning tri angle 3:
see page 174.
Cruise control 3
Buttons on turn sig na l stalk :
see page 150.
I
R
Activate, store, a ccelerate
§
Deactivate.
Resume
stored speed, decelerate
Interval operation or
automat ic wi per
with ra in sensor 3;
Fast.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Light switche s:
7 =
Off
8 =
Parking lights
9 =
Dipped or m ain beam
Dippe d and main be am switch:
Main be am
= Push le ver forward
Dippe d beam = Push le ver forward
again
Press 0
=
Courtesy lig ht
Press >
=
Fog lights 3
Blue control ind ic ator C is lit when main
beam is activated .
Press r
=
Fog tail light
Headlight flash:
P ull stalk towards s tee ring wheel
6 Further informa tion – page 99,
head lig ht warning device – page 24,
head lig ht ra nge adjustment 3 – pa ge 100,
day tim e running lights – page 99.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
15
To activate door-to-door light
function:
Key to o and remove ,
ope n driver’s door,
pull turn signal stalk tow ard steering
wheel
The d ip ped beam remains on for a further
30 second s a fter closing the driver’s door.
If the driv er’s door is left open, the lights will
go out after tw o minutes.
Door-to-door lighting can be deactivated
by inserting the key in the starter switch or
by pulling the turn signal stalk toward the
steering wheel again.
16
Operating turn signal lights :
Lever in rest pos ition
right
= up
left
= down
When the steering wheel is turned bac k, the
lever automatically returns to its orig inal
position. This will not happen when mak ing
a minor steering m anoeuvre such as
cha ng ing lane.
When lane changing, m ove lever to
resistance point. When released, the lev er
will spring b ack.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
To operate cruise control 3 :
P ress buttons on s talk
S witc h on: tap button I.
S witc h off: tap button §.
Resume at stored speed: tap button R.
6 Cruise control 3 – see p age 150.
Hazard warning lights:
On
= Pre ss ¨
Off = Pre ss ¨ again
To aid location of the pushbutton, the red
surface is illum ina ted when the ignition
switched on. When the button is p ressed,
its c ontrol ind ic ator flashes in time with the
hazard warning lig hts.
Horn operation:
Pre ss j
6 Airbag systems 3 – pa ge 84,
remote control for radio
and Infota inm ent system 3 – see pag e 26.
Windscreen wiper:
Stalk up
§ = Off
$ = Adjus table inte rval
% = Slow
& = Fast
S etting wiper interva l to a va lue between 2
and 15 seconds:
Stalk to interv al switching $,
Stalk to §,
Wa it for d esired interv al,
Stalk b ack to interv al sw itc hing $.
The interval remains stored until the next
change or until the ig nition is switched off.
S witc hing the ignition off and m oving the
stalk to $ sets the interv al to 7 seconds.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
17
Autom atic w iper with rain se nsor 3:
Move le ver up
§ = Off
$ = Automatic wiper
with rain se nsor
% = Slow (constant)
& = Fast (constant)
Autom atic wiping $ : The rain sensor
detects the a mount of wa ter on the
windscreen and automatically regulates
the w indscreen wiper.
Operating windscree n and
headlight wash systems 3:
Pull stalk towards steering whee l
The wiper will swipe for a few strokes.
The head lig ht wash system 3 ca n be
op erated when the lights are on.
On vehicles fitted w ith ra in sensor 3, keep
the sensor area c lean.
6 Further information –
see p ages 218, 224.
Push lever down to sw itch off.
The rear window w iper swipes in timed
interva l mode.
The wip er will swip e for a few strok es when
washing.
6 Further inform ation –
see pages 218, 224.
If necessary, the positions % or & can be
selected m anually .
18
Ope rating rear window wiper and
wash sys tem s 3:
Wiper on
= P ush le ver forward
Wiper off
= P ull lever towards
stee ring wheel
wash
= P ush le ver forward
and hold
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Heate d re ar window 3,
heated exterior mirrors 3:
On
= Pre ss Ü
Off = Pre ss Ü again
Rear window and exterior m irror heating
with ignition sw itched on. Control indicator
in switch.
6 Further inform ation –
see pages 114, 121.
Clearing misted or icy window s:
Turn rotary s witches for te mperature
and air flow clockwis e,
set air distribution to V,
press air conditioning switch n 3
To s et autom atic m ode of
automatic climate control s yste m 3:
P ress AUTO button,
se t tem pe rature
using rotary knob
Close centre air vents; p ush sliders inw ards.
Direct side air vents towards d oor windows.
O pen a ll air vents.
6 Clim ate control – see pa ge 112,
air conditioning system 3 – see pa ge 114,
electronic air conditioning system 3 –
see p age 119.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
6 Electronic air c onditioning system 3 – see
pag e 119.
19
Inform ation display 3:
Display of information
–
–
–
–
–
–
Tim e,
Outside temperature,
Radio 3 or da te,
Navigation 3,
Telephone 3,
Trip computer 3 .
Manual trans miss ion:
Reverse gear: With vehicle stationary ,
pull the ring up three seconds after
de-clutching and eng age gear.
If the gear does not engage: With lever in
neutra l, briefly release clutch pedal and
depress again, then repeat gear selection.
6 Information Display – see page 37.
Easytronic 3:
N
= Neutral/Start position
o
= Centre pos ition
(Drive position)
+
= Higher gear
= Low er ge ar
A/M = Change between
Automatic and
Manual mode
O nly start in N with foot brake applied.
6 Further inform ation – page 126.
20
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Easytronic 3:
R
= Reve rse
(with s ele ctor le ver lock)
To move the selector lever from N to R
press the b utton on the lever.
6 Further inform ation – page 126.
Automatic trans miss ion 3:
P
= Park
(with selector lever lock)
R
= Reverse
N
= Neutral
Only start in P or N , to leav e P switch
ignition on, app ly foot brake and pull
ha ndle beneath selector lever.
To engage P or R pull release under
selector lever.
P:
R:
Only w ith v ehicle stationary,
first apply hand brake
Only w ith v ehicle stationary
6 Autom atic transmission – see page 132.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Automatic transmission 3:
D
= 1st to 4 th gear
3
= 1st to 3 rd gear
2
= 1st and 2nd gear
1
= 1st gear
als o
S
= sporty driving programm e
S elec t 3, 2 or 1 if c ertain gears a re not
desired, e.g. 4-3-4 . . . on winding roads, or
in order to utiliz e the engine braking effect
when driving downhill.
To select 3 or 1 pull ha ndle beneath
selector lever.
6 Automatic transmission – see pa ge 132.
21
Before starting off, check:
z Tyre pressure and condition –
see pages 157, 243.
z Engine oil level a nd fluid levels in engine
compartment – see pages 211 to 218.
z All windows, mirrors, exterior lig hting
and number plates are free from dirt,
snow and ice a nd operational.
z Do not place any objec ts in front of the
rear window, on the instrument panel or
in the area in which the a irba gs inflate.
z Seats, seat belts and mirrors are
correctly a djusted .
Autom atic transmission 3:
Protection against unintentional
engagem ent of P, R, 3 or 1
Pull relea se under selector lever 1, P: U p to
final stop.
When selecting any p osition from 1 to N or
from R to D d o not pull handle beneath
selector lever.
6 Automatic transmission – see page 132.
22
Exhaust gas es are poisonous
Exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide,
whic h is extrem ely poisonous b ut is
od ourless and colourless.
Therefore nev er inhale exhaust gases, and
never run the engine in an enc losed space.
Also avoid driving with the lugga ge
compartment op en. O therwise exhaust
fumes could penetrate the vehicle interior.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
z Check brakes.
Starting, petrol engine:
Manual transmission in ne utral
with clutch de press ed,
pre ss foot brake, Easytronic 3 in N,
autom atic transmission 3 in P or N,
do not accele rate,
turn ke y to III
The initially increased engine speed
automatically fa lls as the engine
tem perature rises.
Before repeating the starting proced ure,
turn the k ey ba ck to o in the starter switch,
rem ov e it a nd then reinsert it. Then repea t
the starting proced ure.
6 Electronic imm ob iliser – page 51,
further information – pages 138, 139, 170.
Starting, diesel engine :
Manual trans miss ion in neutral
with clutch depressed,
press foot brake ,
automatic trans miss ion 3 in P or N,
do not acce lerate,
turn key to II;
afte r prehe ating control indicator
goes out 1),
turn key to III
Releasing the hand brake:
Raise le ve r s lightly,
pre ss lock button,
lower lever fully
And now " Have a good journey! "
Drive carefully, economically and with the
env ironment in m ind . While driving, do not
do a ny thing that c ould distract y ou.
Before repea ting the starting proc edure,
turn the key back to o in the sta rter switch,
remove it and then reinsert it. Then repeat
the starting proc edure.
6 Electronic immobiliser – page 51,
further information – pa ges 138, 139, 170.
1)
Prehea ting system switches o n only if ou tsid e
temp era ture is lo w.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
23
Warning buzzers
Advice when parking:
While driving:
z If seat belt is not fastened 3,
z Alw ays apply hand brake firmly. On
slopes app ly the hand brake a s firmly as
possible.
z If a specified max imum speed is
exceed ed 3.
z With m anual transmission, engage first
gear or reverse gear. With Easytronic 3,
place selector lever in mid position
before switching off ignition. With
autom atic transmission 3 , p la ce selector
lever in P.
When the vehicle is parked and the d riv er’s
door is opened:
z When the ignition key is in the starter
switch,
z If parking lights or d ipped beam are on,
z Close window, sun roof 3 and folding
top 3.
z If the turn signal stalk is engaged.
Parking the vehicle:
Apply handbrake firm ly,
engine off,
rem ove ke y,
lock s te ering wheel,
lock doors
To lock , press button p or turn key in lock
tow ards rear of vehicle. To activate antitheft lock ing system 3 and Vauxhall alarm
sy stem 3, press button p twice.
6 Further information – p ages 51, 138,
ra dio remote control 3 – page 52,
central locking system 3 – page 54,
Vauxhall a la rm system 3 – p age 60.
24
www.comunidadCORSA.es
z On vehicles with Easytronic 3 the control
ind ic ator R fla shes for a few seconds
after the ignition is switched off if the
ha nd brake has not b een applied .
z In vehicles with autom atic
tra nsmission 3 the key ca n only be
removed when the selector lever is in P.
z Turn steering wheel until lock is felt to
engage (anti-theft protection).
z Engine cooling fan m ay run on after the
engine has been switched off.
z Do not park vehicle on easily ignitable
surfaces as the hot exhaust sy stem
temperatures could cause the surfa ce to
ignite.
Ge nuine Vauxha ll P arts and
Accessories
We rec om mend that you use "Genuine
Vauxhall Parts and Accessories" a nd
conv ersion p arts released ex pressly for
your vehicle type. These parts ha ve
undergone spec ia l tests to establish their
reliability, safety a nd specific suitability for
Vauxhall v ehicles. Despite continuous
market monitoring, we ca nnot assess or
guarantee these attributes for other
prod uc ts, even if they hav e b een granted
approval by the releva nt authorities or in
some other form.
Service work,
Mainte nance
We recomm end tha t you entrust all w ork to
your Vauxhall Authorised R epairer, who
can provide y ou w ith reliable service and
correctly perform all work according to
factory instructions.
6 Vauxhall S ervice – page 208,
service interval display – page 210.
"Genuine Vauxhall Parts and Accessories"
and conversion parts approved by
Vauxhall c an be ob tained from y our
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, of c ourse.
Here you will also be giv en comprehensiv e
advice about permitted technical changes
and correct installation w ill take place.
That was a brief look
at the mos t important
inform ation for your firs t drive in
your Corsa/Combo.
The othe r pages
of this chapter
contain a description of some
intere sting functions
in your vehicle .
The rem aining chapters
of the Owner’s Manual
contain important information
on operation, safety
and maintenance
as well as a full
index.
For your s afety
C arry out regularly the check s
rec om mended in the indiv idual sections
of this Owner’ s M anual.
Ensure that y our v ehicle is serv iced as
specified in the S ervice Booklet. We
rec om mend that you consult your
Vauxhall Authorised R epairer.
Hav e faults remedied without d elay!
C onsult a workshop. We recommend
your Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. If
necessary , interrupt your journey.
6 Maintenance – see page 210.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
25
Infotainm ent sys tem ope ration
Functions are selected and executed in the
menu on the display using the four-way
button, the m ultifunction b utton 3 on the
Infotainm ent system or the buttons 3 on
the steering wheel. C orresp onding m enu
options are shown on the display.
Selecting with multifunction button:
Press and turn multifunction button.
To exit a menu, turn m ultifunc tion button
left or right to Return or Mai n and select.
Selecting with four-way button:
Press four-way button up, down, right or
left.
26
www.comunidadCORSA.es
S elec ting with steering wheel buttons:
S elec t menu options via the menus using
the buttons.
For further information, see Infotainm ent
system instructions.
Trip computer 3
Vauxhall Full Size airbag system
The trip com puter shows vehicle data tha t
is continually recorded and evaluated
electronic ally .
The Vauxhall Full S ize a irb ag system
comprises severa l ind ividual systems.
Functions:
z Rang e
z Instantaneous consumption
z Distance
z Av erage speed
z Trip consumption
z Av erage consump tion
z Stop watch
Front a irbag system
The front airb ag system is triggered in the
event of a serious accident involving a
frontal impa ct and forms sa fety cushions
for the driver and front passenger. The
forward movement of the driver a nd front
passenger is check ed a nd the risk of
injuries to the up per body and head
thereby substantially reduced.
Si de airba g system 3
The side airbag sy stem triggers when a
side-on collision occurs and provides a
safety barrier for the driver a nd/or
passenger in the respective front door
area. This reduces the risk of injury to the
upper body considera bly in case of a side
impa ct.
C ur tain ai rbag syst em 3
The curtain a irba g system triggers in case
of a side-on collision and provid es a safety
barrier in the hea d area on the respective
side of the vehic le. This reduces the risk of
injury to the hea d considerab ly in case of a
side-on collision.
6 Further inform ation – page 84.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
27
Active he ad res traints 3
Parking dis tance sensor 3
ECOService-Flex
In the event of a rear-end impa ct, the
active head restraints automatically tilt
forward a little. The head is more
effectively supported by the head restraint
and the danger of injuries caused by
whiplash in the a rea of the neck is reduced.
The parking dista nce sensor automatically
switches itself on when reversing.
The oil cha nge and service intervals are
flex ible, based on a num ber of different
param eters and the conditions under
which the vehicle is used. Various eng inespec ific d ata is continuously recorded and
used to c alcula te the remaining distance
until the next service is due.
Active head restraints can be identified by
the lettering AC TIVE on the head restraint
guide bushes.
If the vehicle a pproaches an obstacle w hen
reversing, a series of signals c an be heard
in the vehicle interior. The interval betw een
the signa ls b ecomes shorter as the
distance is reduced. If the distanc e is less
than 30 cm, the signal will be continuous.
6 Further information – page 151.
To display remaining distance:
z Ignition off.
z Press reset button below speedometer.
z InsP and the remaining distance a re
displa yed.
28
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Instruments
Control indicators
The c ontrol indicators described here are
not present in all vehicles. The description
applies to all instrument v ersions.
X
A
Seat belt 3
Warning light lights up (accompanied by
an acoustic w arning) when ignition is
switched on: Fasten your seat belt – see
page 81.
Engine el ect ronics, transmi ssion
electronics, imm obiliser, d iesel fuel fi lter 3
C ontrol indicator lights up for a few
seconds when engine is switched on.
?
Automat ic head light range adjustment 3
Lit: Fault in system. Contact a w ork shop
immed iately. We recommend your
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. S ee page
100.
>
Fog l ights 3
Control indica tor lights up when fog lights
are switched on.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Lights w hen the engine is running
Fault in engine electronics or transm ission
electronics. Electronics switch to
emergency running programme. Fuel
consum ption may increase and driveability
of the vehicle may be impaired – see
pag e 146. Contact a w ork shop. We
recommend your Vaux hall Authorised
Repairer.
If it flashes when the ignition is on
Fault in the electronic immobiliser system ;
the engine c annot be started – see
pag e 51.
29
Lights w hen the engine is running
Eng ine lubrication m ay be interrup ted. This
ma y result in damage to the eng ine and/or
locking of the drive wheels:
1. Depress clutch.
2. Move gear shift lev er to neutral; with
autom atic transmission 3 and
Easytronic 3 m ov e selector lev er to N .
3. Move out of the flow of traffic a s quickly
as possible without impeding other
vehicles.
4. Switching the ignition off (Position I ).
Z
v
Exhaust emission
Control indicator lights up when ignition is
switched on and goes out shortly after
engine sta rts.
Airbag systems 3,
belt tensioners
see p ages 81, 89.
Lights when the eng ine is running
Fault in emission control sy stem. The
permitted emission limits may be
exceeded. C onsult a workshop . We
recom mend your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
Oil p ressure
Control indica tor lights up when ignition is
switched on and goes out shortly after
engine starts. Ca n lig ht up intermittently
when idling with hot engine; must go out
when engine speed is increased.
If it flashes when the engine is running
For fault that can lead to destruction of the
cataly tic conv erter, see page 146. C onsult
a w orkshop imm ediately. We recomm end
that you consult y our Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
30
I
www.comunidadCORSA.es
When the ignition is off, c onsiderab ly
more force is needed to brak e and steer.
Do not remove key until vehicle has
come to a stand still, otherwise the
steering column lock c ould engage
unexpectedly .
C onsult a workshop . We recommend your
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
!
Prehea ting 3 for diesel engines
C ontrol indicator lights up during
preheating.
Preheating sy stem switches on only if
outside temperature is low.
r
Fog tai l light s
C ontrol indicator lights up when fog tail
light is switc hed on.
p
O
T
Turn signal l ights
The c orresponding control indicator
flashes when the turn signal is activated.
Both flash when the hazard warning lights
are active. Rapid flash: A turn signal bulb is
faulty. Bulb replacement – see page 194.
Wi nt er program me for
automat ic tra nsm issi on 3 and
Easytronic 3
Control indica tor lights up when winter
prog ra m is enabled.
1
Elec tronicall y contr ol led driv ing
prog ramm es for
autom atic transmission 3
Control indicator lights up when sporty
driving program me is enabled.
Further inform ation – see pages 128, 134.
Alt erna tor
C ontrol indicator lights up when ignition is
switched on a nd goes out shortly a fter
eng ine starts.
Lights w hen the engine is running
S top the vehicle and switch off the engine.
The battery is not being charged. Eng ine
cooling may be interrupted. Contact a
workshop. We recommend your Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer.
C
Main beam
Control indica tor lights up when main
beam is on and when headlight flash is
op erated.
Further information – see pa ge 134.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
31
v
Trac tion Control System (TC P lu s) 3,
Electronic S tabil ity Prog ram (ESP Pl us ) 3
see pages 148, 149.
g
Trai ler turn signal 3
When tow ing a trailer or carav an, indicator
light fla shes at sa me speed as turn signals.
Does not flash if tra iler or towing vehicle
turn signal fa ils.
Y
R
u
Brak e system ,
clutc h system
The c ontrol indicator lights w hen the
ignition is switched on if the hand brake is
applied or if the brak e or clutch fluid level is
too low. Further informa tion – see
pages 154, 216.
Anti-lock brak e system 3
see p age 154.
If lit when hand brak e is not applied:
Stop the v ehicle; interrupt your journey
im med ia tely. Consult a workshop. We
recommend your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
O n vehicles w ith Easytronic 3 control
indicator R flashes for a few sec onds after
the ig nition is switched off if the hand
brake has not been applied.
S
Engine oil l ev el 3
Lit: Eng ine oil level is too low. Check engine
oil level and top up if necessary. S ee
page 212.
EPS 1)
Electri c power steering 3
The control indica tor lig hts up for a few
second s w hen the ignition is switched on.
Illum ination while driving ind icates a fault.
Driv ing may be continued. More force is
required for steering. C onsult a workshop .
We rec om mend your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
1)
32
EPS = Electric P ower Steerin g.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Fuel lev el 3
Lit: Low fuel level. Fuel gauge in reserve
area.
Flashing: Fuel supply used up, fill tank
imm ediately.
N ever let the tank run dry!
Petrol engines: Erratic fuel supp ly can
cause catalytic converter to overheat. S ee
pag e 144.
Diesel engines: I f the tank is run dry, bleed
the fuel sy stem as desc rib ed on pag e 170.
y
Seat oc cupancy recognition 3
see pages 84, 89.
Transmission display 3
Display of selector lever position for
autom atic transmission 3 or current gea r
or mode for Easytronic 3.
Further inform ation – see pages 126, 132.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
33
Trip odometer
To return to zero, depress reset k nob with
ignition switched on and trip odometer
display activated .
Vehicles with clock in odometer
To set to z ero, hold reset knob down for
app rox . 2 seconds with ignition switched
on and trip od om eter activated .
To switch between trip od om eter and clock
display 3 give reset knob a brief p ress – see
nex t page.
S ervice interval d isplay , see page 210.
Tachometer
Spee dome ter
Indicates engine speed.
Indicates the vehicle speed .
Warning zone: M aximum p ermissible
engine sp eed ex ceeded ; danger to engine.
Odome te r
34
Records the k ilom etres driven.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Setting t he t ime
With time displayed, press reset knob in
instrument:
Press for approx . 2 seconds,
Hours flash,
Press briefly ,
Set hours,
Press for approx . 2 seconds,
Minutes flash,
Press briefly ,
Set minutes,
Press for approx . 2 seconds,
Clock is started .
Time display in odometer 3
To sw itc h b etween trip odometer and time
display 3 give reset knob a short press.
When the vehicle lights are on, the
brightness of the display ca n be adjusted
using the right-hand adjuster wheel k
below the light switch – see pa ge 101.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
35
For physical reasons, the engine
temperature gauge show s the coolant
temperature only if the coolant level is
adeq uate.
During operation the system is pressurised.
The temp erature ma y therefore rise briefly
to ov er 100 °C.
Coolant te mperature display
Fuel gauge
Pointer in zone
at left
Pointer in red
warning z one or
Y lit
=
Pointer in red
warning z one or
Y flashing
=
=
Engine operating
temperature not
yet reached
Reserve lev el.
Pointer between
the z ones
=
Normal operating
temperature
Pointer in red
zone
Refuel –
see pag e 143.
N ever run the tank dry !
=
Temperature too
high:
Stop vehicle and
switch off eng ine.
Danger to engine.
Check coolant level
immediately – see
page 215.
Because of the fuel remaining in the tank,
the amount of fuel required to fill the tank
ma y be less than the spec ified tank
cap acity.
36
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Fault d isplay
--.-° C or F on the display ind icates a fault.
Hav e the cause of the fa ult remedied. We
recommend that y ou consult y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer.
Inform ation display
Tripl e inform ation d isp lay 3
Display of time, outside tempera ture and
date/Infotainment system is switched on.
When the ignition is off, the time, date and
outside tem perature can be made to
appear for approx. 15 seconds by briefly
pressing one of the two buttons adjacent
to the d isplay .
Graphica l Informa tion Display 3
Display of time, outside temp erature a nd
date/Infotainment sy stem is switched on.
The information that is d isplay ed depend s
on the Infota inm ent system c onfiguration.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
37
Correcting time 3
Some RDS tra nsmitters do not send correct
tim e signals. If the incorrect time is
display ed often, deactivate the automatic
tim e synchronisation 3 a nd set the tim e
manually.
The automatic setting is indicated by Ö in
the display.
Correcting using RDS:
Infotainment sy stem off. Press Ö a nd ;
next to the display as follows:
Hold down Ö for approx. 2 sec., c lock
display is now in setting mode,
Press Ö twice (until y ear flashes),
Triple inform ation display
Setti ng tim e a nd date
Infotainm ent system off. Press Ö and ;
nex t to the display as follows:
Press Ö for ap prox . 2 seconds:
Day fla shes
;: Set day
Ö : Month fla shes
;: Set month
Press Ö and hold down for ap prox .
3 seconds until } flashes in display a nd
text " RDS TIM E" a ppears (years fla sh
during this time),
Press ; ; Display of
RDS TIME 0 = Off.
Press ; ; Display of
RDS TIME 1 = On
Press Ö three times.
Ö : Year flashes
;: Set year
Ö : Hours flash
;: Set hours
Ö : Minutes flash
;: Set minutes
Ö : Clock is started.
38
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Graphical inform ation display 3,
se lecting functions
The functions a nd setting s of some
equipment 3 can be accessed via the
graphical information display.
Functions are selected and executed in the
menu on the display using the four-way
button, the multifunction button 3 on the
infota inm ent system or the buttons 3 on
the steering wheel.
Selecting with four-way button:
Selecting with multifunction button 3:
S elec ting with steering wheel buttons 3 :
Select menu options v ia the m enus using
the b uttons or the four-way button on the
infotainment sy stem.
Turn
Mark menu options,
functions or comma nds,
S elec t menu options via the menus using
the buttons.
Press
Select marked item or
confirm comma nd.
6
To exit a menu, turn the multifunction
button left or rig ht to Ret urn or Main and
select.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
39
Some displays and menus ca n b e selected
by selecting the function in the top row of
the d isplay :
z
z
z
z
Audio
Navigation 3
Telephone 3
Trip computer 3
For audio, navigation 3 and telephone
func tions 3, see I nfotainment system
instructions.
40
System setti ng s
Settings are made in the S et tings menu.
Press Ma in button 3 (not found on all
Infotainment sy stems) on I nfotainment
sy stem (call up m ain displa y).
Press S ett ings button on Infotainment
sy stem.
The Setti ng s menu will b e display ed.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Sett ing tim e a nd dat e
S elec t menu item Time, Da te from the
Sett ings menu.
The Ti me, Date menu will be disp layed .
S elec t the menu items required.
Mak e the desired setting .
Correcting time 3
O n sy stems with GPS rec eiver 1), tim e a nd
date are a utoma tica lly set upon receipt of
a GPS satellite sig nal. If the displayed time
does not correspond to local time, time can
be manually corrected in 30-minute
increments or automa tica lly corrected via
receipt of an RDS time signal2 ) 3.
Some RDS transm itters do not send c orrect
time sig nals. I f the incorrect time is
displayed often, deactivate the a utomatic
time sy nchronisation 3 and set the time
manually.
The a utomatic setting is indicated by Ö in
the d isplay .
To correct with the help of R DS, select
Synchron. clock autom atica l. from the
Time, Dat e menu.
The field for Synchron. clock a utomat ical.
is ticked .
1)
2)
Lang uage selecti on
You can select the d isplay language for
some func tions.
S elec t the desired language.
Select menu item Lang ua ge from the
Settings m enu.
O n system s with language version 3, upon
change of the language setting for the
display, you will be asked if the m essag e
language is also to be c hanged. S ee
Infotainment system instructions.
The ava ilab le languages are d isplay ed.
S elec tions are indic ated b y a 6 in front of
the menu item.
GPS = G lo ba l P o sitioning Sys tem,
Sa tellite system for w orld -w ide p ositioning .
RDS = Ra dio Da ta Sys tem .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
41
Sett ing displ ay m ode 3
The display can be ada pted to lig ht
conditions: black text on a light
bac kground or white text on a da rk
bac kground.
In m enu item Da y/Nig ht from the Sett ings
menu.
Setti ng units of measure
You ca n select w hich units of measure a re
to be used.
Adjust contra st 3
Select menu item C ontrast from the
Settings m enu.
Select menu item Units from the Settings
menu.
The Cont rast menu will be displa yed.
Confirm the required setting.
The a vailable units are disp la yed .
Select the desired unit.
Selections are indicated by a o in front of
the m enu item .
42
www.comunidadCORSA.es
The a lternatives are displayed.
Autom atic: adapted based on vehicle
lighting .
The Board com puter menu opens and
range a nd insta ntaneous consumption a re
displayed.
Alw ays da y design: black text on light
back ground.
S om e functions are listed in the display in
abb reviated form.
Alw ays night desi gn: white text on da rk
back ground.
Selections are indicated by a o in front of
the m enu item .
Ig ni tion logic 3
See Infotainment sy stem instructions.
Graphical information dis play,
trip com puter 3
The trip computer shows vehicle data that
is continually rec orded and eva luated
electronically.
There a re two trip c om puters which
independ ently gather and evaluate d ata.
To display trip computer driving data,
press the BC button on the infotainment
sy stem 3 or select the Board computer
function via the display.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
43
Distanc e
S hows the numb er of kilometres travelled.
The measurement can be re-started at any
time. S ee next column.
Av era ge sp eed
C alcula tion of av erage speed. The
measurement c an be re-started at any
time. S ee next column.
S topp ages in the journey with the ignition
off are not included in the c alcula tions.
Trip consum ption
S hows amount of fuel consum ed. The
measurement c an be re-started at any
time. S ee next column.
Range
Range is calculated based on the current
amount of fuel in the tank and
instantaneous consumption. Av erage
values a re displayed.
After refuelling, the v ehicle upd ates range
automatically after a b rief delay.
44
If the tank only holds fuel sufficient for less
than 30 miles (50 km), the message
"Range" appears on the display.
Instantaneous consumption
Information is displayed differently
depending on sp eed :
Display in gal/h
below 8 mp h (13 km /h)
Display in mpg
above 8 mph (13 km/h)
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Av era ge consum ption
C alcula tion of av erage consump tion. The
measurement c an be re-started at any
time. S ee next column.
Select BC 1 or BC2 from the Board comp uter
menu.
Select the desired trip computer
information.
Reset ting tri p comp uter
informa tion
The following trip computer information
can be reset (re-start of mea surem ent):
z
z
z
z
The value of the selected function is reset
and a new value will be obtained.
To reset all information of a trip computer,
select menu item Al l val ues.
Trip consumption
Av erage consump tion
Av erage speed
Distance
Upon reset, "- - -" will b e shown for the
selected trip computer information. The
new ly obtained va lue will be shown a fter a
brief delay .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
45
Stop watch settings can be ma de v ia the
Opt ions 3 menu:
Tr avel tim e without stop pages
Measurement of the am ount of time the
vehicle is in motion. Stoppages are not
included.
Tr avel tim e with stop pages
Measurement of the am ount of time the
vehicle is in motion. Stoppages where the
key rema ins in the ignition are includ ed.
Stop wat ch
Select menu item Timer from the Board
com puter menu.
The Tim er menu w ill be d isplay ed.
Select menu item Sta rt to start.
Select menu item Reset to reset.
46
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Trip time
Measurement of the time from manual
activa tion via S tart to ma nual deac tiv ation
via Reset.
Caution: The road surface may already
be icy even though the display indicates
a few deg rees ab ov e 0 °C .
Outs ide tempe rature
A fall in temperature is indica ted
immediately and a rise in temp erature
after a time delay .
In vehicles with graphical inform ation
display 3, a warning message appears on
the display to warn of icy road c onditions.
No message is disp la yed below -5 °C.
If outside tempera ture drops below 3 ° C,
the sym bol : appears in the triple
inform ation d isplay as a warning for icy
road conditions. When temperature
increases to at least 5 °C, the : sy mbol
goes out.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
47
As the vehicle aeria l is relatively near the
ground, the broadcasting compa nies
cannot g uarantee the sa me quality of
reception a s is obtained with a domestic
ra dio using an ov erhead aerial.
z C hanges in distance from the
transm itter,
z multi-path rec eption due to reflection
and
z sha dowing
may c ause hissing , noise, distortion or loss
of reception a ltogether.
Infotainment system 3
Radio reception 3
Ca r radio reception differs from domestic
radio reception:
The Infotainm ent system is operated as
described in the operating instructions
supplied.
Electronic data acquisition in toll
sys tem s
O n vehicles with heat-reflecting
windscreens1 ) 3, mount the chipcard for
electronic data a cquisition and billing in
the black shaded zone of the windsc reen
on the left or the right behind the interior
mirror, see illustration. If the chipcard is
mounted outside this zone, there may be
ma lfunctions in da ta acquisition.
1)
48
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Sola r Reflect.
Mobile te lephones and radio
equipment (CB) 3
The Vauxhall installa tion instructions and
the operating guidelines p rov id ed by the
telephone manufa cturer m ust be observed
when fitting and operating a m ob ile
telephone. Failure to d o so could invalida te
the vehicle’s operating perm it (EU Directiv e
95/54/EG).
Prerequisites for fault-free op eration:
z Professionally installed ex terior aerial to
ob ta in the max imum range possible,
z Maximum transmission power 10 Watt,
z Installation of the telephone in a suitab le
spot (see note on pag e 92).
Obtain ad vice on p redetermined
installation loc ations for the external
antenna and equipment holder and way s
of using dev ices w ith transmission power of
more than 10 Wa tts. We recom mend that
you consult your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer, who will have brack ets and
various installation k its av ailable as
accessories and will install them in
accordance with regulations.
Be sure to use the handsfree attachment if
using the telephone w hilst driving. Ev en this
can be a distraction while driving. Please
ob serve country-spec ific regulations.
When used in the v ehicle interior, mobile
telephones and radio equipment (C B)
with integrated aerial may cause
malfunctions in the vehicle electronics.
Mobile telephones and radio equipm ent
(CB) should only be used with an aerial
fitted on the vehicle exterior.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
49
Keys, doors, bonnet
Re place ment ke ys
The key is a c onstituent of the electronic
immobiliser. Ordering keys from a Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer g uarantees problem free op eration of the electronic
immobiliser.
Keep the sp are k ey accessible in a safe
place.
Locks – see page 224.
Locking / Unlocking
From outside
Radio rem ote control 3 – see p age 52,
Central lock ing sy stem 3 – see page 54,
Mechanical operation – see pages 4, 56.
From inside
Push down or pull up lock button. To
prevent the driver from being inad vertently
lock ed out, the button on the driver’s door
cannot b e depressed when the d oor is
op en.
Child safety locks 3
Use the child safety lock whenever
child ren a re oc cup ying on the rear seats.
Disregard may lea d to injuries or
endanger life. Vehicle p assengers should
be informed accordingly.
Turn rota ry knob at rear door lock from
vertical position using key: Door cannot be
opened from the inside.
50
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Ele ctronic imm obilise r
The sy stem checks whether the vehicle m ay
be sta rted using the key that has been
inserted. If the k ey is recognised as
"authorised" the vehicle can be started.
The c heck is carried out via a transponder
housed in the k ey – see page 53.
The electronic immobiliser is automatically
activated when the key is removed from
the ig nition switch.
Control i nd icator for imm obiliser A
Control indicator A lights up briefly when
the ignition is switched on.
If the control indicator flashes w hen the
ignition is on, there is a fault in the sy stem.
The engine cannot be started.
1. Remove key .
2. Reinsert key in ignition switch.
3. Then repeat starting procedure.
If control indicator A continues to flash,
try to start the eng ine using the spare k ey
and consult a work shop. We recomm end
your Vaux hall Authorised Repairer.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
If c ontrol indicator A lig hts up after the
eng ine has started, there is a fault in the
eng ine electronic s or the automatic
transmission – see pages 136, 146.
Not e
The immobiliser does not lock the doors.
Therefore, alwa ys lock vehicle before
leaving unattended and ena ble Vauxhall
alarm sy stem 3 – see page 60.
The Car Pass contains all of the vehicle’s
data and should therefore not be kept in
the vehicle.
Hav e y our Car Pass on hand when
consulting a Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.
51
Fault
If the central locking system cannot be
operated w ith the radio remote control, it
ma y be due to the following :
z The range of the radio remote control
ha s b een exc eeded.
z Remote control battery voltage is too
low . Battery rep la cement – see next
page.
Radio rem ote control 3
The rad io remote control is integrated in
the k ey.
Used to op erate:
z central locking system,
z mechanical anti-theft locking system 3,
z Vauxhall ala rm system 3 .
The rad io remote control has a ra nge of
approx. 3 metres. This range can be
affected by outside influenc es. Aim the
rem ote control at the v ehicle to operate.
52
Handle the rad io remote control with ca re,
protect from moisture and high
temperatures and avoid unnecessary
op eration.
The hazard warning lig hts come on to
indica te that the remote control is
op erational.
Central l oc king syst em ,
see p age 54.
Va uxhall alarm system 3,
see p age 60.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
z Frequent, repeated operation of the
radio rem ote control outside the
reception ra nge of the vehicle (e.g. too
far from vehicle, remote c ontrol is then
no longer recognised). Remote control
sy nchronisation –see next page.
z Overload of the central locking system
by operating at freq uent intervals; the
power supply is b riefly cut off.
z Interferenc e from higher-power radio
waves from other sources.
We recommend that you contact y our
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer to have the
cause of the fault remedied . O perating
central loc king sy stem with key – see
following pages.
Remote contr ol batt ery replac em ent
Replace the battery as soon a s the range
of the rad io remote control begins to
shrink.
Separate the key p art from the radio
rem ote control using a screwdriver as
illustrated.
The transponder for the immobiliser is in
the front of the key. Make sure that it is not
dam aged or detached.
Position screwdriver and open remote
control by m aking a gentle rotary
movement – see figure abov e.
Open the rem ote control. Prise out ba ttery
with screwdriver. Rep lace b attery (b attery
type – see page 247), ensuring that it is
inserted correctly. C lose the remote control
and audibly engage. Insert the remote
control in the key part and engage.
Battery replacement m ust be performed
within 3 minutes. O therwise the rem ote
control will have to be resy nchronised – see
next column.
Make sure that you dispose of old batteries
in accordance with environmental
protection regulations.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Remot e cont rol synchronisati on
If functionality is lost, synchronise the radio
remote control:
1. Switch on ignition; sy stem will then
remain in synchroniz ing mode for
30 seconds.
2. Briefly press button p or q on the radio
remote c ontrol unit with the unit inserted
in the ignition.
3. The central lock ing sy stem locks and
unlocks to show that the remote c ontrol
ha s b een sy nchronized.
53
Central locking system 3
for doors, sliding d oors, luggage
compartment and tank flap 3.
Locking
Press button p on the rad io rem ote control
– or –
Push the lock button on the driver’s door
when the doors are closed.
Securing wi th the mechanica l anti-t heft
locking system 3
All d oors must b e closed. The driver’ s door
must hav e been opened after the ig nition
was switched on. Within 10 seconds of
lock ing , press button p on the radio
remote control ag ain
Lock buttons on all doors are p ositioned
such that doors cannot be opened.
Do not use the system if there are peop le
in the vehicle! The d oors cannot be
unloc ked from inside.
54
www.comunidadCORSA.es
To unlock
Press button q on the radio remote control
– or –
Pull lock button on driver’ s d oor.
When the mechanical anti-theft lock ing
system 3 is enabled, the doors cannot be
unlocked by p ulling up the lock buttons.
Note
z To prevent the driver from being
inad vertently locked out, the button on
the driver’s door cannot b e d epressed
when the d oor is open.
z If the driv er’s door is not closed properly ,
the central lock ing sy stem will unlock
again immediately after locking.
z 30 seconds after unlocking using the
ra dio remote control the doors lock
again automatically if no door is
op ened.
z To lock the doors from inside (e.g. to
prevent unwanted entry from outside),
push down lock button on driver’ s d oor.
z Locked doors unloc k automatically if an
accident of a certain severity occurs (to
permit outside assistance).
Prerequisite: Ignition must not be
switched off.
O verload
If the central locking system is overloaded
as a result of repeated operation at short
interva ls, the power sup ply is briefly cut off.
The sy stem is protected by a fuse in the
fuse box – see page 188.
z In the Combo the central lock ing will
unloc k a gain immediately a fter locking if
the sliding door is open. The doors lock
again a utomatica lly when the sliding
door is closed.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
55
Lock ing
With driver’ s door closed, turn key towa rd s
rear of vehicle until it will not move any
further. Turn key back to v ertical position
and rem ov e.
If the centra l locking system is not
functional, the other doors ca n be
unlocked or locked by pulling or pushing
the interior door lock (only possib le if the
anti-theft lock ing sy stem 3 is not activ e).
Have the ca use of the fault rem edied. We
recommend that you consult your Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer.
Operating door locks us ing the key in
the drive r’s door lock
Sliding doors 3, Combo
To open sliding doors, pull handle towards
rear of vehicle.
To unlock
Turn key in lock toward front of vehic le as
far as it will go. Turn k ey back to vertical
position and remove.
To prev ent damage, the right-ha nd sliding
door c annot be fully opened if the tank flap
is open.
If the v ehicle is pa rked fa cing down a
slope, open sliding d oors may shut
accidentally on account of their weig ht.
Before d riv ing off, check that the sliding
doors are properly closed.
56
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Usi ng the cent ral lock ing system with the
luggag e c om part ment
The luggage compartment lock cannot b e
used to lock or unlock the central locking
sy stem or the a nti-theft locking system 3.
When unlocked, open the luggag e
compartment by pressing the b utton.
Key slot in loc k in horiz ontal p osition
The luggage compartment is loc ked and
unlocked using the central lock ing system.
If the key is turned to the horizontal
position after unlocking via the central
lock ing sy stem, the lugga ge com partment
remains locked.
K ey slot in lock in vertical p osition
The lugg age compartment a lso remains
locked when unlocking v ia the central
locking system . Choose this position if the
luggage compa rtm ent is to alway s b e
locked. Turn the key anticlockwise past the
resistance p oint as far as it w ill go.
Luggage compartment
Locking
Turn key to vertica l position.
To unlock
Turn key to horiz ontal p osition.
The lock is released by pressing the button.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
57
Unlock ing lugg age comp artment w hen
doors are lock ed via central loc king
system
Turn key clockwise a s far as possible
beyond the resistance from the vertical or
horiz ontal position. Key cannot be
withdrawn to safeguard a gainst being
locked out.
58
Relock the luggage compartment by
closing it and turning the k ey to the
horizontal or vertical position.
In the horizonta l position, the lug gage
compartment will be unlocked the next
tim e the vehicle is unlocked via the central
lock ing sy stem.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Tail gate, C ombo
O pen right-hand door from outside by
raising door handle or from inside by
pressing handle.
Release left-hand door from inside by
pressing handle.
The doors are arrested at a 90° angle. To
close, push the doors beyond the slight
resistance.
Both doors c an be op ened up to 180°:
Close the door slig htly from the 90°
position, diseng age the stop lug from the
guide rail and open the door completely .
If the rear doors are opened up to 180°, the
rea r exterior lights are no long er visible.
When driving in the dark, therefore, do not
open the rear doors beyond the point at
which they lock into position.
When closing, make sure that the stop lug
properly engag es in the guide rail.
Note
z The saloon has a handle on the inside of
the ta ilg ate to a ssist c losing.
z Fitting of acc essories on the tailga te will
increase its w eight. If it becomes too
hea vy, it will then not sta y open.
z The registration plate can only b e clearly
seen if the tailgate is closed. I t is
therefore not p ermitted to d riv e with the
tailgate open.
Do not drive with the luggag e
compa rtm ent open when transporting
bulky goods, since poisonous exhaust
fumes ca n penetrate the interior d ue to
air turbulence.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
59
Vauxhall alarm s yste m 3
monitors
z doors, luggag e com partment, b onnet,
z the passenger c om partment,
z vehicle tilt, e. g. if it is raised,
z the ignition.
To activ ate
All d oors, windows, sun roof 3 and bonnet
must b e closed. Press button p on the
remote control ag ain within 10 seconds of
lock ing .
Sw itching system on excl ud ing
m oni toring of the pa ssenger
com partm ent and the v ehicl e t ilt
e.g. if anim als a re to be left in the vehic le.
1. Close luggage comp artm ent and
bonnet.
2. Press button in front of the c ourtesy light
(with ig nition off); LED in the haz ard
warning light button flashes a max imum
of 10 seconds.
3. Close doors.
4. Switch on Vauxhall alarm system . LED
lights up. After approx. 10 sec onds the
sy stem is activated, without monitoring
of the p assenger compa rtm ent or v ehicle
tilt. The LED flashes until the system is
switched off.
60
www.comunidadCORSA.es
After the first 10 second s of Vauxhall alarm
sy stem activation:
z LED flashes
= System on,
z LED lights up for
approx . 1 second = Switch-off.
If a system fa ult occ urs, consult a
work shop. We recom mend y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer.
Light emit ting d iode (LED)
During the first 10 seconds of Vaux hall
alarm system activation:
z LED lights up
=
Test, switch-on
delay,
z LED flashes
=
Door, tailgate,
bonnet open
or system error,
To deact ivat e
Press button q on remote control.
If there is a fault in radio remote control,
turn key in driver’s door lock toward front
of vehic le as far as it will go. Then turn key
bac k to vertical position and remove.
If the alarm is triggered w hen the driv er’s
door is opened, d eactivate the alarm by
switching on the ignition.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
61
3. C lose lug gage compartment.
4. Locking: Turn key back to prev ious
position. Monitoring of the interior a nd
the vehicle tilt is enabled again after
approx . 10 second s.
Ala rm
O nly a certain num ber of a la rm s are
allowed to be triggered while the Vauxhall
alarm system is switched on (this number is
stipula ted b y law).
The alarm takes the form of
z an acoustic signal (horn) a nd
z a visual sig nal (haz ard warning lights).
The duration of the a larm signals is limited
due to lega l regulations.
Alarm c an be cancelled by pressing a
button on the radio remote control. The
anti-theft warning system is switched off at
the sam e time by pressing the button q.
O peni ng and cl osing tailg ate wit h
Vauxha ll ala rm system a ctiv ated
1. To unlock: Turn key cloc kwise as far as
possible. Luggag e com partment is
unlocked and m onitoring of the interior
and vehicle tilt is disa bled.
2. Open lug gage compartment.
62
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Bonnet
To open the bonnet, p ull the release lever
located on the driver’s sid e below the
instrument panel. The bonnet will then be
unlock ed and will partially op en. Return
release lever to its original position.
To op en completely , locate safety catch
approximately a ha nd’ s width to the right
of centre a s v iewed from the front: lift this
up wards and open b onnet.
To hold the bonnet in the open position,
insert the support rod located at right
angles a bove the radiator grille into the
small slot in the underside of the bonnet.
Any dirt or snow on the bonnet can slide
down towards the windscreen when the
bonnet is opened and block the air intake –
see p age 124.
Before closing bonnet, press sup port rod
firmly into its retainer. Low er the bonnet
gradually and then allow it to fall into the
lock under its ow n weight.
C heck that the b onnet is locked in position
by pulling at its front edge. If it is not
eng aged, repeat the procedure.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
63
Seats, Interior
Seat adjus tme nt
see page 5.
Se at position
Head restraint position
Ad just driver’s seat such that with the
driver sitting upright the steering wheel is
held in the area of its upper spokes with the
driver’s arm s slightly bent.
The centre of the head restraint should be
at eye lev el. Ad just to highest position if
this is not possib le for extremely tall
people, and adjust to lowest position for
extrem ely small people.
The seat b ackrests must not be tilted too
fa r back (recommend ed tilting angle
approx. 25°).
Disregard can lead to injuries which
could be fatal. Vehicle passengers
should b e informed accordingly.
64
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Disregard can lead to injuries which
could be fa tal. Vehicle passengers
should be informed ac cord ingly .
S etting – see pa ge 6 and the nex t page.
Head restraints
Adjustment – see pag e 6.
To rem ov e head restraints, release both
springs by pressing and detach head
restraint.
The rear, centre head restraint 3 in the
Com bo cannot be removed.
Rea r hea d restraints 3 , Corsa
In order to im prov e v ision when rear seats
are unoccupied, push hea d restraints as far
down as possible. Push detent springs to
relea se.
If the rear seats are occupied, adjust the
rear head restraints to the occupants’ body
size – see p age 6.
To increase luggage comp artm ent size –
see p age 66, removing rear head
restra ints 3: Push both detent springs to
relea se, remove head restraint.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Rear, cent re head restra int 3, Combo
The head restraint can b e pushed right
down to improve visib ility if the centre rear
seat is unoccupied or to allow the rear seat
bac krests to be folded down. To d o so,
release b oth springs by p ressing.
If the centre seat is oc cup ied, set the head
restraint to the first or second position
acc ording to the height of the passenger.
65
Extending the luggage
compartme nt, Cors a
Cha ng ing angl e of rear seat back rest
Release one-piece rea r seat back rest or
split rea r set backrests 3 using ha ndles and
tilt forward a little.
The rear seat b ackrests can be locked in
two positions.
66
Fold ing down t he rear seat back rests
Slot the latch plates of the seat belts in the
holders 3 in the side trim cover.
Removing rear head restraints 3 – p ush
detent springs to release – see page 65.
Remove the push-in sleev es for mounting
the IS O-FIX child restraint sy stem; see the
accompanying instructions for the ISO -FIX
child restraint system .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Unlock the single-piece rea r seat back rest
or split rear seat backrests 3 b y pulling on
the handles and fold it/them down onto the
rear seat.
– or –
Slot the latch plates of the seat belts in
the holders in the sid e trim c ov er –
see Fig . 11585 S on prev ious pag e.
Unlock the single-piece rear seat backrest
or split rear seat bac krests 3 by pulling on
the handles and tilt it/them forwards.
Removing rea r head restraints 3 – push
detent springs to release – see page 65.
Remove the push-in sleeves for m ounting
the I SO-FIX child restraint system; see the
accomp any ing instructions for the IS O-FIX
child restraint system.
Repositioni ng the rea r sea ts
After repositioning, audibly engage the
bac krest in the intermediate position or full
upright position. There is a lock indicator 3
on the handles. If the backrest is properly
eng aged, the red field 3 will not be visible
on the handle.
Fold the rear seat d ow n and push it into
place b etween the back rest and the v ehicle
floor. Press on the front edge of the rear
seat to lock it audibly into p la ce.
Raise front edge of single-piece ba ckrest or
split backrest 3 and tilt forward.
Refit the hea d restraints 3 .
The three-point seat belt on the centre rear
seat can only be pulled out of the
retrac tor 3 if the rear seat b ackrest is
eng aged.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
67
Remov ing lugga ge compa rtment cov er
To rem ov e, unhook the retaining strap s
from the ta ilg ate.
Remove the cover from the side guides and
place it behind the seat backrests.
Fit in reverse order.
Notes on load ing
see page 74.
68
Luggage com partm ent ex tension,
Combo
Fold ing down t he rear seat back rests
Remove rear, outer head restraints 3 . Push
detent springs to release, see pa ge 65.
Push rear, centre head restraint 3 down as
fa r as possible. Push detent spring s to
relea se – see pag e 65.
– Or –
Remove rear, outer head restraints 3. Push
detent springs to release – see pag e 65.
Push rea r, centre head restra int 3 down as
far as possib le. Push detent springs to
release – see page 65.
Hook seat belt buckles on rea r seat
bac krests.
Remove the push-in sleev es for mounting
the IS O-FIX child restraint sy stem; see the
accompanying instructions for the ISO -FIX
child restraint system .
Remove the push-in sleeves for m ounting
the ISO -FIX child restraint system; see the
acc om panying instructions for the IS O-FIX
child restraint system.
Unlock one single-piece rear sea t backrest
or both using pushbuttons and fold down
onto rear seat.
Pull up one or both rear seat cushions using
straps provided .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Rep osi tioning the rear seats
Engage rear seat back rest audibly in
position.
Push back rear sea t cushions.
Insert outer rear head restraints 3.
The three-point sea t belt on the centre rea r
seat can only b e pulled out of the
retractor 3 if the rear sea t backrest is
engaged.
Folding d own the front pa ssenger sea t 3
Push p assenger seat head restraint down
and remove – see pa ge 65.
Disengage one or b oth rea r seat backrests
using the pushbuttons and fold down.
Tilt passenger seat back rest forwa rd by
lifting the release lever.
To mov e upright, push release lever
forwards and audibly latch front
passenger seat back rest.
Not es on load ing
see page 74.
Lashing eyes 3
The lashing eyes in the lug gage
compa rtm ent are for securing transported
items to prevent them from slipping
around.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
69
Fitti ng
Push left sid e of cover into retainers,
followed by right side.
Push b utton at right end piece of cover,
and c ov er engages.
Luggage compartment cover 3,
Combo
Rem oving
Open cover.
To close
Pull cover towa rd s rear of vehicle using
handle and hook into side retainers.
Press button at right side of c ov er and
engage by pushing right-hand end p iece
to the left. Pull right side of cover out of
retainers, followed by left side.
Do not place any heavy or sharp-edged
objects on the cover.
To open
Unhook cover. It reels in automatically.
70
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Safety net 3, Com bo
The safety net ca n be fitted behind the rear
seats or, with the rear seat backrest folded
down, b ehind the front seats.
Passeng ers m ust not be carried behind the
safety net.
Fit ting behind t he rear seats
Fold d own both rear seat backrests, hook
tensioning stra ps into lashing ey es in
vehicle floor a nd tighten them. Rep osition
rear seat backrests and lock them into
position.
There are two installation openings in the
roof frame: O pen cover. Suspend upper net
rod at one side and engage in position. Pull
net rod apart, suspend at other side and
enga ge in p osition. Close c ov er.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Fitti ng behind front seats
Pull up both rear seat cushions. Fold down
rear seat backrests. Hook tensioning stra ps
into lashing eyes in vehicle floor a nd
tighten them.
Remov ing
S wivel tensioning strap length adjusters
upward and unhook straps. O pen the
cover. Unhook upper net rod and close
cover.
71
Load compartment grille 3, Com bo
A load c om partment g rille is provided
behind the front seats to prevent the
vehic le occupants from being injured by
loose cargo.
Sp lit load comp artment g rille 3
To enlarge the load compartment, the
grille can be moved forwards on the front
passenger’s side.
Engage lev er on load c om partment g rille
at top position, as shown in illustration.
Engaging the lever prevents dama ge to
the front passenger’s seat.
Position load compartment grille ab ov e
retainer in front passeng er’s seat backrest.
The load c om partment grille must
always be locked in one of the retainers
when the vehicle is in use, and the lever
must be engaged at its bottom position.
Not es on load ing
see page 74.
Push head restraint on front pa ssenger’s
seat down as far as it will go – see page 65.
Lashing eyes 3
Tilt front p assenger’s seat bac krest
forward by raising release lever and p ush
down to lock in position.
72
Lock load com partment g rille in retainer.
To do so, engage lever at bottom position,
as show n in illustration.
Lashing eyes are provid ed in the load
compa rtm ent so that cargo can be secured
to prevent it from slipping.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Stowage compartment above front
se ats, Combo
The compartment is only suitable for
stowing light objects. Max imum load:
15 kg.
Secure objects to prevent them from
falling out a nd causing injury.
Bag hangers 3
O n the back of the rear seat back rest there
are two fixtures on which carrier b ags can
be hung. Maxim um load: 10 kg.
Stow age compartment 3 beneath
pass enge r se at
Lift tray by grasping recessed edge and
pull forwards. Maximum load : 1 kg. To
close the tray push it in and lock it in plac e.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
73
z C om bo: If objects are transported in the
load c om partment, the split load
compa rtm ent grille 3 must always be
locked in one of the retainers and the
lever m ust be enga ged at its bottom
position – see page 72.
z C om bo: C lose the luggage compartment
cover so there is no reflection in the rear
window.
z If objects are being transp orted in the
luggage/load compartment, the rear
seat backrests must be locked in position
– see p ages 67, 69.
Notes on loading the vehicle
z Heav y objec ts in the lug gage/load
com partment should be placed as far
forward as p ossible against the rear seat
backrests or, if the rear seat backrests
are folded down, ag ainst the front seat
backrests. If objects are to be stacked,
the heav ier objects should be placed at
the bottom. Unsecured objects in the
lugga ge/load compartm ent would be
thrown forward with great force, for
instance in the ev ent of heav y brak ing.
z Secure heav y objec ts with lashing
straps 3 a ttac hed to lashing ey es 3 –
see page 72. If heavy loads slip when the
vehicle is braked heavily or driven
around a bend, the handling of the
vehicle may chang e.
74
z Do not a llow the load to protrude ab ov e
the upp er edge of the rear seat
back rests, or above the upper ed ge of
the front seat b ackrests if the rear seat
back rests a re folded down.
z The warning triangle 3 and first-aid kit
(cushion) 3 m ust alway s be freely
accessible.
z Do not place any objects in front of the
rea r window or on the instrument pa nel.
They are reflected in the glass, obstruct
the driver’s view and will be thrown
through the vehicle, for insta nce in the
event of heavy b ra king.
z C om bo: when stowing objects in the
stow age compartment above the front
seats, sec ure against falling out.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
z No objects must be placed in the area in
which the airbags inflate, as they could
cause injury when the airbags are
trig gered.
z The load must not obstruct the operation
of the hand brak e and the gears or
restric t the driver’s freed om of
movement.
z Do not drive with lugga ge compa rtm ent
open when tra nsporting bulky objects,
for exam ple, since toxic exhaust fumes
could penetra te the interior.
z Weights, payload and roof loa d – see
page 234.
z Driv ing with a roof load (see pages 138,
141, 160) increases the sensitivity of the
vehicle to crosswinds and has a
detrimenta l effec t on vehicle handling
owing to the vehicle’s higher centre of
gravity.
Disregarding instructions ca n lead to
injuries which could be fatal. Vehicle
passeng ers should be inform ed
accordingly.
The maximum power c onsumption of
electrical ac cessories m ust not ex ceed
120 w atts.
Do not connect any current-delivering
acc essories, e.g. electrical charging
devices or b atteries.
Electrical ac cessories connected to the
socket must c om ply with the
electromagnetic compatibility
requirements la id d ow n in DI N VDE 40 839,
otherwise v ehicle malfunctions may oc cur.
Cigarette lighte r ) 3
Accessory socket 3
In front centre console
The accessory socket or cigarette lighter
socket can be used to c onnect electrical
accessories. The socket is op erational
when the ignition is switched on. Use of the
socket disc harges the battery if the engine
is not running. Do not damage the socket
by using unsuitable plug s.
Press in cigarette lighter with ignition
switched on. S witches off autom atically
when elem ent is glowing. Withdraw
cigarette lighter.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
75
Ashtray 3
To be used only for ash and not for
combustible rubbish.
Disreg ard c an lead to injuries which may
be fatal. Vehicle pa ssengers should be
informed accordingly.
To empty , open the ashtra y cover fully
bey ond its resistance p oint, causing the
insert to lift. Grip both sides of the ashtra y
insert a nd pull upwards.
To enlarge the stora ge c om partment
remove the ashtray com pletely.
Front ashtray 3
O pen the ashtray cover to the resista nce
point.
76
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Rear a sht ray 3
To open, swivel the cover upwards.
To empty, lift the cover and pull the
ashtray out upwards by its c ov er.
Glove com partm ent
Stow age compartment 3 for glass es
Coin holder 3
To open, pull hand le upwards.
On driver’s sid e: Fold down to open.
In the centre console.
O n the inside of the glov e c om partment
cover there is a pen holder.
Sun visors
Use the sun v isor to protect from glare by
pulling it d ow n and swivelling it to the side.
In vehicles w ith Infotainment system 3, the
telematics unit 3 can be housed in the
glove compartment.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
77
Safety systems
Three-stage re straint system
Comprising:
z Three-point seat belts,
z Belt tensioners at the front seats,
z Airbag system s for driv er’s seat,
passenger seat 3 and outboard rear
seats 3.
The three stag es are a ctivated in sequence
depending on the seriousness of the
accident:
z The automa tic seat belt locking devices
prevent the belt strap from being pulled
out and thus ensure that the v ehicle
occupants are retained in their seats.
z The front seat b elt buckles are p ulled
downwards. As a result, the seat b elts
are instantaneously tightened and the
occupants are made aware of the
deceleration of the vehicle at a v ery ea rly
stage. This reduces the stress placed on
the body.
z The airbag sy stems a re also triggered in
the ev ent of serious accidents and form a
safety cushion for the occupants.
78
www.comunidadCORSA.es
The airbag sy stems 3 serve to
supplement the three-p oint sea t belts
and belt tensioners. The seat belts must
therefore always be worn. Disregard of
these instructions may lead to injuries or
endanger life. Vehicle p assengers should
be informed accordingly.
Be sure to rea d the a ccompanying
desc ription of the child restraint system !
Seat belts
Alwa ys wea r your seat belt, and that
means also in urb an traffic and when
you are a rear seat passenger. It can
save y our life!
Pregnant women m ust alwa ys wear a
seat belt – see page 82.
In the event of an accident, persons not
wearing sea t belts enda ng er their fellow
oc cup ants and themselves.
Warning light X for the seat belt – see
page 29.
Sea t belts are desig ned to be used by only
one person at a time. They are not suitable
for c hildren under 12 yea rs of ag e or
150 cm unless an appropriate child
restra int system is used .
For children up to 12 y ears of age we
recommend the Vauxhall child restraint
sy stem – see pa ge 95.
Three-point seat belts
The vehicle is equipped with three-point
seat belts with automatic retrac tors and
locking d evices, allowing freedom of body
mov ement although the spring tensioned
belts alway s ensure a snug fit. C orrect seat
position – see page 85.
The belt has a " vehicle sensitive retra ctor"
which is designed to lock during hea vy
acc eleration or deceleration in any
direction.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
79
If the seat belts are undama ged the
operation thereof is unaffec ted, even if the
belt tensioners hav e b een trigg ered .
Belt tens ioners
The front seat belts are equip ped w ith belt
tensioners. In the event of a head -on or
rea r-end collision of a certain severity, the
buckles are pulled downwards, thereby
tightening the belts.
Further information – see page 83.
Actuati on of belt tensioners
is indicated by illum ina tion of control
indica tor v, see next p age.
The belt tensioners must be replaced after
activation. We recommend that you
consult y our Va ux ha ll Authorised Repairer.
80
www.comunidadCORSA.es
The system’s integ ra ted self-diagnostics
allow s faults to be quickly remedied. Hav e
your Car Pass on ha nd when consulting a
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Imp or tant
z Do not fit accessories not sp ecifically
released for y our v ehicle type or store
objec ts in the belt tensioner operating
area (in the area of the belt tensioners)
due to the risk of injury in the event the
belt tensioners a re triggered.
z Do not mak e any modifications to the
components of the belt tensioners, as
this will render the v ehicle unroadw orthy.
Cont rol indica tor v for belt t ensioners
The b elt tensioners are monitored
electronic ally and their op erational
rea diness is indicated on the instrument
panel by c ontrol indicator v. When the
ignition is switched on the control indicator
lights up for approx. 4 sec onds. I f it does
not light up, does not go off after
4 seconds, or lights up while driving, there
is fault in the belt tensioner sy stem or the
airbag sy stems – see page 89. The belt
tensioners or airbag systems ma y not be
triggered in the event of an accident.
Imp roper handling (e. g. removal or
installation) could cause the belt
tensioners to be triggered. Risk of injury!
z The belt tensioner and airbag sy stem
control electronics can be found in the
centre console area. In order to av oid
malfunctions, do not store mag netic
objects in this a rea.
z We recom mend that you have the front
seats removed by a Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
z The belt tensioners only actuate once.
Please replace belt tensioners that have
been triggered. We recom mend tha t you
consult your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
z Applicable safety directives must always
be ob served when disposing of the
vehicle. For this reason, d isposal should
be performed by an authorised recycling
company. We recommend that you
consult your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
Have the cause of the fault remedied .
We recom mend that y ou consult your
Vauxhall Authorised Rep airer.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
81
Using the belts
Fitting seat bel ts
Pull the belt out of the retractor and guide
it across the body , making certain that it is
not twisted.
Insert latch plate into buckle. Backrest
must not be tilted too far back as this
would affect the opera tion of the seat
belts; recommended tilting a ng le app rox .
25°. The lap belt must be straight and lie
snugly against the body . Tighten lap belt
at frequent intervals whilst driving by
tugging diagonal pa rt of belt.
82
O n pregnant women in particular, the
lap belt must be positioned as low as
possible ac ross the pelv is so as not to put
too much pressure on the abdomen.
Bulk y clothing prevents the belt from fitting
prop erly. The belt must not rest against
ha rd or fragile objects in the pockets of
your clothing (e.g. ballpoint pens, keys,
spectacles) because these could cause
injury. Do not place any objec ts (e.g.
ha ndb ags, mobile phones) b etween the
belt and your body.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Height adjustm ent
of front seat belt upper a nchorage points:
1. Pull b elt out slig htly.
2. Press b elt guide or, in 5-door saloon,
push button down.
3. Set desired height.
4. Allow to loc k audibly into p osition.
Do not adjust height while driving .
Adjust height setting such that seat belt
runs over and lies against the shoulder. The
belt must not run over the neck or upper
arm – see page 79, Fig . 13190 S.
Three-point seat b el t on centre rear sea t
The belt can only be pulled out of the
retractor 3 if the rear seat backrests are
engaged in their retainers – see page 67.
Testing the belts
Plea se check all parts of the b elt system
occasionally for dama ge a nd correct
operation. H ave da maged parts replaced .
In ca se of an accident, please replace
overstretc hed belts and triggered belt
tensioners. We recom mend consulting y our
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Do not perform any altera tions on the
belts, their anchorages, the automatic
retrac tors or the belt buck les.
Mak e sure that b elts are not da maged or
trapped by sharp-edged objec ts.
Remov ing the belt
To rem ov e the belt, depress the red
pushbutton on the buck le; the belt will
retract autom atic ally.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
83
Exception:
Passenger sea t with seat occupancy
recognition system 3 . The seat occupancy
recognition system deactiva tes the
passenger front and side airbags if the
passenger seat is unoccupied or a
Vauxhall child restraint system with
transponders 3 has been fitted to the
passenger seat. S eat occupa ncy
recognition – see p age 89. Vauxhall child
restraint sy stem with transponders 3 – see
pag e 96.
Examples of events triggering the front
airbag sy stem:
Vauxhall Full Size airbag s yste m
z seat occ upa ncy rec og nition 3,
Front airb ag
The front airbag system is identified by the
word AI RBAG on the steering wheel and
above the glov e c om partment 3.
z the control indicator for Va ux ha ll child
restraint systems y with transponders 3
in the courtesy light.
The front airbag system comprises:
z an airbag with inflator in the steering
wheel and a second one in the
instrum ent panel 3,
z the control elec tronics with impact
sensor,
z the a irba g system s control indicator v in
the instrument panel.
84
The front airb ag system will be trigg ered :
z depending on the severity of the
accident,
z depending on the type of impact,
z within the range shown in the illustration,
z indep endently of the side airb ag
system 3 and curtain airbag system 3.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
z Impact against a non-y ielding obstacle:
The front airbags are trigg ered at low
vehicle speed.
z Impact against a yield ing obstacle
(such as another vehicle): The front
airbags are only triggered at a hig her
vehicle speed.
When trigg ered , the front airbags inflate in
milliseconds and form a safety cushion for
driver and front passeng er. The forw ard
movement of the driver and front
passenger is checked and the risk of
injuries to the upper body a nd head
thereby substantially reduced.
No im pairment of view will occur, because
the a irb ags inflate and deflate so quickly
that it is often not ev en noticed in an
accident.
The front airbag sy stem provides
optimum p rotection when the seat,
back rest and head restra int are correctly
adjusted: Adjust the driver’s seat
according to the occupant’s height so
that when the driver is sitting up rig ht, the
steering wheel is held in the a rea of its
upper sp ok es with the d riv er’s arms
slightly bent. The pa ssenger seat should
be as far back as possible, with the
back rest upright (see pa ges 5, 64, 82).
Do not place the head, b od y, hands or
feet on the covers of the airbag sy stems.
The front airbag sy stem will not be
triggered in the ev ent of
z the ignition is switched off,
z minor frontal collisions,
z accidents in which the vehicle overturns,
z collisions involving a side or rear impa ct,
that is to say, if it w ould not be of benefit to
the oc cup ants.
Do not place any objects in the area in
which the airb ags inflate. Im portant
inform ation – see page 92.
The three-point seat belt must be
correctly fitted – see page 82.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
85
Seat belts must therefore always be
worn. The front airbag system serves to
supplement the three-point seat belts. If
you do not wea r your seat belt you risk
being seriously injured, or even thrown
from the vehic le, in the ev ent of an
accident.
In the event of an accident the belt helps
to keep you in the correct seating
position, so that the front airb ag system
can provide you with effective
protection.
In addition, the front airb ag sy stem will not
be triggered for the front passenger in
versions with seat occupancy recognition 3
if
z the front passenger’s seat is unoccupied,
z there is a prop erly fitted Va ux ha ll child
restraint system with transponders 3 .
Seat oc cup ancy recognition, see
page 89. Vauxhall child restraint system
with transponders 3 – see page 96.
Side airb ag 3
The side a irb ag system is identified by the
word AIRBAG on the outb oa rd sides of the
front seat backrests.
The side a irb ag system c om prises:
z An airbag with inflator in the bac k of the
driver’s and front passenger’s seat
respectively ,
z The control electronics,
z The side impact sensors,
z The airb ag systems control ind icator v
in the instrum ent panel,
z Seat occupancy recognition 3,
z The control indicator for Va ux ha ll child
restraint systems y with transponders 3
in the courtesy light.
86
www.comunidadCORSA.es
The side airbag sy stem will be triggered:
z Depending on the severity of the
accident,
z Depending on the type of impa ct,
z Within the range shown in the illustra tion
on the centre d oor pillar of the driver’s or
front passenger side,
z Independently of the front a irba g
sy stem.
Exception: Pa ssenger seat with seat
occupancy recognition system 3. The seat
occupancy recognition sy stem dea ctivates
the pa ssenger front and sid e airbags if the
passenger seat is unoccupied or a
Vauxhall child restraint system with
transponders 3 has been fitted to the
passenger seat. S eat occupa ncy
recognition – see p age 89. Vauxhall child
restraint system w ith transponders 3
– see page 96.
There must be no objects in the area in
which the airb ag inflates or in the a rea
between the seat backs and the vehicle
body . Do not place the hands or arms on
the covers of the airba g systems.
Imp ortant information – see page 92.
The three-p oint seat b elt m ust always b e
correctly fitted – see page 82.
The side airba gs will not be triggered in the
event of
z the ig nition is sw itc hed off,
z fronta l collisions,
When triggered, the sid e airbag inflates in
milliseconds to form a safety cushion for
the d riv er or front passenger in the
respective door area. This substantially
red uces the risk of injury to the upper body
in the event of a sid e-on collision.
z accidents in which the v ehicle overturns,
z collisions involving a rear impac t,
z collisions involving a side imp act outside
the passenger cell.
In addition, the side airbag system w ill not
be triggered for the front passenger in
versions with seat occupa ncy recognition 3
if
z the front p assenger’s seat is unoccupied
z there is a properly fitted Vauxhall child
restraint system with transpond ers 3.
Seat occupancy recognition, see
page 89. Va ux ha ll c hild restraint system
with transp onders 3 – see p age 96.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
C ur tain ai rbag 3
The curtain a irba g system is identified by
the word AIRBAG on the roof pillar trim.
The curtain a irba g system com prises:
z an airbag w ith inflator in the roof frame
on the d riv er’s and front passenger’s side
respectively,
z the control electronics,
z the side im pact sensors,
z the airb ag system s control indicator v in
the instrument panel.
87
There m ust be no objec ts in the area in
which the airbag inflates. Do not place
the hands or arms on the covers of the
airbag sy stems. Important information –
see page 92.
The three-point seat belt must alway s be
correctly fitted – see pag e 82.
The curtain airbags will not b e triggered in
the event of
z the ignition is switched off,
z frontal collisions,
z accidents in which the vehicle overturns,
The curtain airbag system will be triggered:
z Depend ing on the severity of the
accident,
z Depend ing on the type of impac t,
z Within the range show n in the illustration
on the centre door pillar of the driver’ s or
front passenger side,
When triggered, the curtain airbag inflates
in millisecond s to form a sa fety cushion in
the head area on the side of the vehicle
affected . This substantially reduces the risk
of injury to the head in the event of a sideon c ollision.
z Together with the side airbag sy stem,
z Irrespective of seat occupa ncy
recognition,
z Ind ependently of the front airbag
system .
88
www.comunidadCORSA.es
z collisions involving a rear impact,
z collisions involving a side impact outside
the passenger cell.
Hav e the cause of the fa ult remedied.
We recommend that you consult y our
Vauxhall Authorised R epairer.
The system’s integ ra ted self-diagnostics
allow s faults to be quickly remedied. Hav e
your Car Pass on ha nd when consulting a
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Cont rol indica tor v for airb ag systems
The a irb ag systems are monitored
electronic ally together with seat
occupancy recognition 3 and the belt
tensioners. Their opera tional readiness is
shown b y control ind icator v in the
instrument panel. When the ignition is
switched on, the control indic ator lights up
for approx. 4 seconds. If it does not light
up, d oes not go out after 4 seconds or
lights up while driving, there is a fault in the
airbag sy stems, seat occupancy
recognition 3 or the belt tensioners – see
page 81. The system s m ay fail to trigg er in
the event of an accident.
Seat occup ancy r ecog ni tion 3
The seat occupa ncy recognition sy stem
deactiv ates the front and side passeng er
airbags if the front passenger seat is
unoccupied or a Vauxhall child restraint
sy stem with transponders 3 has been fitted
to the front passenger seat. The curtain
airbag system remains activated.
The control indica tor for sea t occupancy
recognition is located in the courtesy light.
If this control indicator lights up after the
ignition is switc hed on for approx.
4 seconds, the vehic le is equip ped with
seat occupancy recognition – see
Fig. 12097 S on page 90.
If a Vauxhall child restraint system w ith
tra nsponders 3 is installed, this control
indica tor remains on after the ignition has
been sw itched on as soon as the sy stem
ha s d etec ted the seat. O nly then c an the
child restraint system be used on the
passenger seat.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
In ad dition, vehicles with seat occupancy
recognition can be id entified by the sticker
on the front passenger seat.
Vauxhall child restraint systems with
transponders 3 are autom atically
detected if correctly fitted to the front
passenger seat. When these child restraint
systems are being used on the front
passenger seat, the front and side airbag
systems for the front passenger seat are
deactivated. The curta in a irb ag system
remains a ctivated. Pay a ttention to the
seat oc cup anc y recog nition 3 control
indicator – see p age 90.
6
89
Wa rning lig ht y for Vauxhal l
child restrai nt systems wit h
transponders 3
The presence of an Vauxhall child restraint
sy stem with transponders 3 is ind ic ated
after the ig nition has been switched on by
permanent illum ination of the c ontrol
indica tor y in the courtesy light, as soon
as the seat occupa ncy recognition sy stem
ha s d etec ted the child restraint sy stem.
If the control indicator d oes not illuminate
whilst driving, the front and side airbag
have not been deactivated on the
passenger side. Risk of fatal injury to the
child – fit child restraint system to rear seat.
Hav e c ause of fault remedied. We
recommend that y ou consult y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer.
Only Vauxhall child restraint systems
with transp onders 3 can be fitted on the
front passenger seat; the use of systems
without transponders poses a danger to
life.
Vauxhall child restraint sy stems with
transponders 3 are identified by a sticker.
90
If a child restraint sy stem is incorrectly
fitted or the transp onders are faulty, the
control indicator will flash. Chec k that child
restraint system has been fitted correctly.
Fitting child restraint system with
transponders 3 – see p age 96.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
If the control indicator does not illuminate
with a c orrectly insta lled child restraint
system there is a fault – risk of fa ta l injury
to the c hild. Fit child restra int system to
rea r seat. Ha ve cause of fault remedied .
We recommend that you consult y our
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
If no Vauxhall child restraint system with
transponders 3 is installed the control
indicator must neither illuminate nor flash,
since the passenger side airb ag systems
would not be trigg ered . Have the c ause of
fault remedied. We recommend that you
consult your Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
If the Vaux hall child restraint system
with transp onders 3 has been fitted
according to the instructions, the control
indicator for Va ux ha ll restra int system s
with transp onders must light up in the
courtesy light when the ignition is
switched on.
If the control indicator does not
illuminate w hilst driving, the airbag
systems have not been deactivated on
the passenger sid e. Risk of fatal injury. In
this case, fit child restraint system to rear
seat. Have cause of fault remedied. We
rec om mend that you consult your
Vauxhall Authorised R epairer.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
91
Im portant
z Acc essories and other objects must not
be affixed or placed in the a rea in which
the airbags inflate a s they could cause
injury if the airbags are trig gered.
z Do not p la ce a ny objects between the
airb ag systems and the vehicle
occ upa nts; d ang er of injury .
z Use the hooks in the roof frame only to
hang up light articles of clothing or c oa t
hangers. Do not place any objects in the
pockets of the hanging items – risk of
injury.
z The airbag system s and belt tensioner
control electronics c an be found in the
centre c onsole area. I n ord er to av oid
malfunctions, do not store magnetic
ob jects in this area.
z Do not stick a ny thing on the steering
wheel, instrument p anel, front seat
backrests or roof fram e in the vicinity of
the airbags, or on the front pa ssenger’s
seat cushion, or cover any of those areas
with other materials.
z Use only a dry cloth or interior cleaner to
clean the steering wheel, instrum ent
panel, front seat b ackrests, roof fram e
and seat cushion of the front passenger
seat. Do not use any a ggressiv e cleaning
agents.
92
z O nly protective covers whic h are
approved for y our C orsa/Combo w ith
side airb ag may be fitted on the front
seats. When fitting the protective covers,
mak e sure that the airbag units on the
outboard sides of the front seat
back rests a re not covered.
z Do not perform any alterations on the
components of the airbag sy stem, as this
would render the vehicle unroadworthy.
z The airb ag systems are triggered
indep endently of each other depending
on the severity of the accident and the
type of impa ct. The side airbag system
and the curtain airbag system are
triggered together.
z We recom mend ha ving the steering
wheel, the instrument panel, all panelling
parts, the door sea ls, the handles and
the seats removed by y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer.
z Each airbag can be trig gered only once.
O nc e triggered, an airbag must be
rep laced without delay. We recomm end
that you consult your Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer.
z The speeds, d irections of m ov ement and
deform ation p roperties of the v ehicles,
and the properties of the obstac le
concerned, determine the severity of the
accident and triggering of the airbags.
The degree of da mage to your vehic le
and the resulting repair costs alone are
not indicative tha t the criteria for
triggering of the airbags were m et.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
The systems can b e triggered abrup tly
and cause injury if they are ha nd led
improperly.
z Applicable safety directives must always
be ob served when disposing of the
vehicle. For this reason, d isposal should
be performed by an authorised recycling
company. We recommend that you
consult your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
z Persons weighing less than 35 kg should
only tra vel on the rear seats. This does
not ap ply to children who are trav elling
in c hild restra int system s w ith
transponders 3.
z In vehicles with seat occupancy
recognition 3, do not plac e any heavy
ob jects on the front passenger’s seat
otherw ise the airba g systems for the
front passenger’s seat ma y be trigg ered
in the ev ent of an acc id ent.
z In vehicles with seat occupancy
recognition 3, to prevent m alfunctions
do not use protective covers or sea t
cushions on the front passenger’ s seat.
z When using a Vaux hall child restraint
system with transponders 3 on the front
passenger seat, in order to prev ent
malfunctions, no objects (e.g. plastic
sheet, stick ers or heated mats) may be
placed under the child restraint system.
C hild restraint system s a s well as other
objec ts must never b e carried on the la p
of passengers; risk of fatal injury. I f
carried in this w ay, c hild restraint
systems with transp onders 3 in vehicles
with seat occupancy recog nition 3 could
lead to front passenger airbag sy stems
not being trig gered in the event of a n
accident.
Use of child restra int systems 3 on fr ont
pa ssenger sea t in vehicl es wi th airba g
systems 3 but wi thout sea t occupa ncy
recognit ion 3
Vehic les with front p assenger airbag 3
without side airbag 3: C hild seats fa cing
the rear of the vehicle m ust not be
installed on the front passenger sea t, risk
of fa ta l injury. Child sea ts facing the
direction of trav el (child seats for weig ht
classes I, II and III , following pag es) may
be installed on the front p assenger seat
if the seat has been p ushed back a s far
as it will go and the backrest ha s b een
adjusted such that the lap b elt fits
snugly.
6
www.comunidadCORSA.es
93
Vehicles with front passeng er airbag can
be identified by the word AI RBAG above
the g lov e com partment and the warning
stic ker on the side of the instrum ent panel,
visible when the p assenger door is open.
A vehicle with side a irba gs can be
identified b y the word AIRBAG on the
outboard sides of the front seat backrests.
Sea t occupancy recognition 3 –
see p age 89.
Vehicles with side airbag 3: N o child
restraint system 3 ma y be fitted on the
front passenger’ s sea t; risk of fatal
injury.
94
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Use of child restra int systems 3 on fr ont
pa ssenger sea t in vehicl es wi th airba g
systems 3 and wi th sea t occupa nc y
recognit ion 3
Only Vauxhall child restraint systems
with tra nsponders 3 should be fitted on
the front passeng er seats. Use of
sy stems without transpond ers poses a
danger to life.
Seat occupancy recognition in a vehicle is
indicated by the control indica tor in the
courtesy light. I f this control indicator lig hts
for approx. 4 seconds when the ignition is
switched on, it indica tes that the v ehicle is
equipp ed with seat occupancy rec ognition
– see pa ge 89.
Seat occupancy recognition in a vehicle is
also indicated by a sticker on the front
passenger seat – see pa ge 94,
Fig. 12106 A.
The seat occupancy recognition system
detects Vaux hall child restraint sy stems
with transponders 3 and switches off the
front a nd side airbag systems for the front
passenger’s sea t. The curtain airbag
system rem ains activated. Seat occ upa ncy
recognition – see pa ge 89.
Child restraint systems 3
The Vauxhall child restraint sy stem is
designed sp ecifically for your Vauxhall and
thus provides optimum safety for y our child
in the event of impa ct. If a different child
safety seat is used, follow the
manufac turers’ instructions for fitting a nd
use.
Selec ting the rig ht system
Your child should be transported facing
backwards in the car as long as p ossible. It
is ap propria te to change the system when
the child’s head c an no longer be p roperly
supported at eye height. The child’s neck is
still very weak and in an accident they
suffer less stress in the semi-prone
backwards position than w hen sitting
up right.
Vauxhall child restraint sy stems with
transponders 3 can be identified by the
stic ker on the child restraint sy stem.
Not e
z Children und er 12 years or under 150 cm
tall should only trav el in an ap prop ria te
child sa fety sea t.
z When transporting c hildren, use the child
restra int system s suitable for the child’s
weight.
z Ensure that the c hild restraint system is
fitted correctly .
z The covers of the Vauxhall child restraint
sy stem can b e wiped clean.
z Do not stick any thing on the child
restra int systems and do not cover them
with any other m aterials.
z Only allow child ren to enter and exit at
the side fa cing away from the traffic.
z A child restraint sy stem which has been
subjected to stress in an accident must
be replaced.
z You should also ob serve the instructions
on installa tion and use supplied with the
child restraint sy stem.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
95
Permissible opti ons for fi tting a child safety sea t in your Corsa/Comb o
Weight
and
age cl ass
0:
up to 10 kg
or approx.
10 months
0+:
up to 13 kg
or approx.
2 years
On
fr ont
p assenger sea t
On
a rear
outb oard seat
On
centre rear
seat
B 1, + +
U+
U
B 1, + +
U+
U
B 2, + +
U+
U
II :
15 t o 25 kg
or approx.
3 to 7 years
B2
U
U
II I:
22 t o 36 kg
or approx.
6 to 12 y ears
B2
I:
9 to 18 k g
or approx.
8 months to
4 years
96
B 1 = p rov id ed: no front passenger airbag
or with seat oc cup anc y recog nition
and Vauxhall child restraint system
with
transponders. Front passenger
seat height adjustm ent also required .
Front p assenger seat in highest
position a nd slid all the wa y back .
Height adjustm ent of front p assenger
seat belt set to low est position.
B 2 = p rov id ed: without side airbag,
with front passeng er seat slid
all the way back or with
seat oc cup anc y recog nition and
Vauxhall
child restraint system with
transponders. Front passenger seat
heig ht a djustment also required.
Front p assenger seat in highest
position a nd slid all the wa y back .
Mak e sure v ehicle seat belt
is as straig ht a s p ossible b etween
shoulder and deviation point
in vehicle.
U = universally suitable in conjunction with
three-point seat belt.
U
U
www.comunidadCORSA.es
+ = seat with ISO -FIX m ounting
ava ila ble. When mounting with
IS O-FIX, only IS O-FIX child restraint
systems that have been approved for
the v ehicle may be used .
We recommend that you contact
your Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
++ = seat with ISO -FIX m ounting availab le
for Corsa only; only child safety
systems approved for the vehicle
may be used
Exte rior mirrors
Sport exterior mirrors 3
For the safety of pedestrians, the exterior
mirrors will swing out of their normal
mounting position if they are bumped.
Reposition the mirror by applying slight
pressure 3.
For the safety of pedestrians, the mirrors
are released from their mountings if they
are bumped with sufficient force.
As pherical ex terior mirror 3
Relocate the d isenga ged m irror housing in
its mountings and engage by applying
pressure.
increases the field of view . Estimating the
distance away of vehicles following y ou is
only possible to a limited ex tent b ecause of
slight distortion.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
97
Head restraints
Safety access ories 3
Do not attach objec ts or com ponents that
are not approved for your C orsa/Combo to
the head restraints, since they can red uce
the p rotection prov ided by the head
restraints a nd could be catapulted
uncontrollably through the v ehicle in the
event of hard brak ing or an accident.
The wide range of Vauxhall a ccessories
allow s y ou to equip y our Corsa/Comb o as
you desire. In addition to safety
accessories, items for improving com fort
and a comp lete rang e of v ehicle care
prod uc ts, there are m any articles which will
be of g reat va lue to you when needed.
"Genuine Vauxhall Parts and Accessories"
guarantee high q ua lity and accurate fit.
Your Va ux ha ll Authorised Repairer w ill be
ha ppy to ad vise you, for exam ple w ith
regard to:
z Vauxhall child restraint sy stems,
z Tow ropes,
z Tow rods,
z Jump lead s,
z Sp are bulb kit,
z Sp are fuse kit,
z Halogen fog lights,
z Mud flaps,
z Magnetic light,
z Warning tria ngle,
z First-aid k it,
z First-aid k it (cushion).
98
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Lighting
Vehicles with d aytime running lights 3:
With the ignition on and the light switch
on 7 , dipped beam w ithout instrument
illumination is on.
Driving ab road – see pag e 102.
Turn s ignals, hazard warning lights,
door-to-door light function 3
see page 16.
Exte rior lights
Turn light switch:
7 = O ff
8 = Parking lights
9 = Dipp ed or m ain beam
Dip ped beam , main b eam and head lig ht
flash – see p age 15.
In positions 8 and 9, the tail lights a nd
numb er plate light are also illuminated.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
99
Corsa Sa loon, Com bo Comb i,
Comb o Tour
z Front sea ts occupied
=
0
z All seats occupied
=
1
z All seats occupied and
luggage compa rtm ent load
=
2
z Driver’s seat occupied and
luggage compa rtm ent load
=
3
Corsa deliv er y va n, Com bo Van
z Seats occupied
Headlight range adjustm ent ?
Manual hea dlight range adjustm ent 3
Adjust headlight range to four stages of
vehic le load ing with dipped beam switched
on: Turn adjuster wheel to desired position.
Correct adjustment of the headlight range
red uces dazzle for other road users.
100
=
0
z Seats occupied and
half load in load compartment =
1
z Seats occupied and
full load in load c om partment =
2
z Driver’s seat occupied and
full load in load c om partment =
3
Correct ad justment of the headlight rang e
reduces d azzle for other roa d users.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Autom atic headlig ht ra nge ad just ment 3
C ontrols headlight range in vehicles with
Xenon head lig ht system . If c ontrol
indicator q lights w hile driving, there is a
fault. Have the cause of the fault remedied
imm ediately. We recomm end that y ou
consult your Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.
Fog lights >3
On =
O ff =
Press >. > lights in instrum ent
panel
Press > again or
switch ignition or light off
Fog tail light r
On =
O ff =
Press r. r lights in instrument
panel
Press r again or
switch ignition or light off
The fog ta il lights on the vehicle are
deactivated when towing a caravan/
trailer.
Courtesy light 0
Instrument illumination k
Comes on when a door is opened. Once the
door ha s b een shut it goes out after a
certain delay 3 or when the ignition is
turned on 3.
C om es on with ex terior driving lights.
Brightness can be adjusted with adjuster
wheel.
To keep the courtesy light on, press the
lig ht switch.
C om es on when the ignition or
infota inm ent system is on. Brightness can
be adjusted w ith a djuster w heel.
Automatically regulated centre
cons ole lighting 3
Information display illumination 3
Spotlight in housing of interior mirror.
Daylight-dependent, automa tic ally
regulated centre console lig hting with
ignition switched on.
Reversing lights
Com e on when reverse gear is engaged
and ignition is switched on.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
101
Safeguarding the batte ry 3
S om e consum ers such a s the interior
lighting switch them selves off after approx.
30 minutes if the ignition is off in order to
protec t the battery charge.
Headlights when driving abroad
The asy mmetrica l dipped beam increa ses
the field of vision on the passenger side of
the lane.
This causes g la re for oncom ing traffic if the
vehicle is driven in countries where traffic
drives on the opposite side of the road.
Front reading lights 3
With ignition switched on:
Re ar courtesy light,
rear re ading light 3
O n = Press button
O ff = Press button again
On
= Move switch to right
Off
= Move switch to left
Light switches
on w hen a
door is opened
= Switch in middle
Luggage com partm ent and
loading area lighting 3
Comes on when the tailgate is opened.
102
www.comunidadCORSA.es
To av oid glare, place masking strip s on
both hea dlights. We recomm end that y ou
consult your Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.
Windows, sun roof,
folding top
C are must be taken w hen operating the
electric windows 3 a nd electric sun
roof 3. There is a risk of injury,
particularly for children, and a d anger
that articles could b ecome trapped.
Vehicle passeng ers should be inform ed
accordingly.
K eep a close watch on the windows and
sun roof when closing them. Ensure tha t
nothing becomes trapped in them a s
they move.
Before lea ving the v ehicle, remove the
ignition key in order to p revent
unauthorized opera tion of the wind ow s
and sun roof.
Door windows
The door w indows can b e operated with a
crank.
Rear vent windows 3
To open
To close
www.comunidadCORSA.es
=
=
Push catch
Pull k nee lever,
engage
103
Safety func tion
If the window g lass enc ounters resistanc e
above the midd le of the window during
autom atic closing, it is im med ia tely
stopped and the window opened ag ain.
If the windows do not mov e easily (e.g . on
account of frost), repeated ly ta p the switch
for the wind ow in question until the wind ow
ha s b een closed in sta ges.
O verload
If the windows a re repeatedly operated at
short intervals, the power sup ply is briefly
cut off.
The system is protec ted by fuses in the fuse
box – see page 188.
Fault
If a utomatic opening or closing of the
windows is not possible, activate window
electronics as follows:
1. Close doors.
2. Switch on ignition.
3. Window com pletely open.
4. Close window a nd hold down rocker
switch for at least another 5 seconds.
Ele ctric windows 3
O peration with ignition switched on.
5. Repeat for ea ch window.
Two rocker sw itc hes in the driver’s door
handle for the driver and front p assenger
side d oor w indows. Ad ditional rocker
switch in the front p assenger door handle.
Control ind icators in the switches show the
opera tional status.
To opera te window in stages, tap
appropriate switch. For automatic opening
or closing, keep switch pressed for slightly
longer; to stop window movem ent, tap
switch again.
104
www.comunidadCORSA.es
To close:
Turn crank to rig ht.
To low er:
Turn crank to left.
When the crank will not turn any further the
sun roof has reached the comfort position.
Press unlocking button aga in and continue
to turn crank to rig ht until sun roof is
closed.
The unlocking b utton is autom atically
released when the sun roof reaches the
closed position.
The unlock ing button is automatically
relea sed when the sun roof rea ches the
closed position.
Sun shad e
The sun sha de c an be op ened and closed
with the sun roof either closed or raised.
To raise:
Close sun roof a nd p ress unloc king button.
Turn crank to rig ht.
After opera ting the sun roof, alway s return
the crank to the recess.
When the sun roof is opened, the sun sha de
is also opened.
Sun roof 3
Tilt crank out of rec ess.
To open:
Press unlocking b utton. Turn crank to left.
When the crank will not turn any further the
sun roof ha s reached the comfort position,
and air noise w ill be reduced .
To open beyond the comfort position:
press unlock ing button a gain. Continue to
turn crank to the left.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
105
To op en:
Press button l ; the sun roof opens to the
comfort position. Air noise is reduced in this
position. To stop the m ov ement, press
button l aga in.
To low er:
Press button l until the sun roof is c losed .
To op en beyond the comfort p osition:
press button l until sun roof is open.
When the sun roof is opened, the sun sha de
is also opened.
To close:
Press button \ until the sun roof is closed.
To raise:
Close the sun roof and press button \
Sun roof with electric drive 3
O peration with ignition switched on.
Buttons l and \ betw een sun visors.
106
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Sun shad e
The sun sha de c an be op ened and closed
with the sun roof either closed or raised.
Not e
Release switch as soon as roof has rea ched
end position.
Roof ca n only be operated at speeds of less
than 75 mph (120 km/h).
Do not open frozen, icy or snow-covered
roof.
When using a roof rack, check freedom of
mov ement of electric folding sun roof in
order to prevent dama ge.
Fault
If the electric drive fails, the system is
protected by a fuse in the fuse box – see
page 188. Until the fault is remedied,
opera te the sun roof as follows:
Electrically ope rated
folding sun roof 3, Saloon
Slide drive cover toward rear. Push in
spring-load ed centre pa rt of drive shaft
using screwdriver and rotate driv e shaft
until sun roof is closed .
To op en:
Press button \ until folding roof is open.
Operation with ig nition switched on.
Buttons \ and l between the sun visors.
To close:
Press button l until folding sun roof is
closed.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
107
Fault
If a fault occurs, check relevant fuse in fuse
box – see page 188. M anual op eration if
electric drive fails:
Position screwdriver in vicinity of flights,
relea se and remove light insert.
Release c ourtesy light lens at side recess
using screwdriver and remov e.
108
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Unscrew b oth screws from drive cover and
remove cover in d irection of arrow .
Not e
Release switch as soon as roof has rea ched
end position.
Roof ca n only be operated at speeds of less
than 75 mph (120 km/h).
Do not open frozen, icy or snow-covered
roof.
When using a roof rack, check freedom of
mov ement of electric folding roof in order
to prevent d amage.
Take the emergency spanner from the
glove compartment, insert it in the drive of
the folding sun roof and turn until the roof
is closed.
Electrically ope rated
folding sun roof 3, Combo
Operation with ig nition switched on.
Buttons l and \ between sun v isors.
To op en:
Press button \ until folding roof is open.
To close:
Press button l until folding roof is closed.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
109
Fault
If a fault occurs, check relevant fuse in fuse
box – see page 188. M anual op eration if
electric drive fails:
Remove screw from coupling using
screwdriver. For v ehicle tools – see
page 178.
Unclip drive cover at front and pull off
downward.
110
www.comunidadCORSA.es
An emergency spanner is attached to the
insid e of the cover.
Place screwdriver part of emergency
spanner at m ark on side of coupling and
extract coupling. If coupling cannot be
extracted, insert emergency spanner into
drive and sla cken by turning forwards a nd
back wards.
Insert hexagon side of emergency spanner
into hex agon socket and turn to close roof.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
111
Easytronic
The semi-autom atic Ea sytronic
transm ission permits manual (manual
mode) or automatic gear shifting
(automatic mode), both with fully
automatic clutch control.
Disreg ard of these instructions may lead
to injuries or end ang er life.
Transmission display
The current gear or mode is indicated in
the transm ission display .
Se lector leve l positions
Selec tor lever in N
Neutral.
The engine can only be started with the
lever in position N a nd with the foot brake
depressed . The transmission display shows
"N" . If the foot brake is not depressed, "N "
flashes.
Selector lev er in centre position
When the selec tor lever is moved from N to
the mid position w ith the foot brake
depressed, Easytronic is in Automatic
mode and first gear is engaged. The
transmission displa y show s " A" . When the
foot brak e is released, the vehicle begins to
"c reep ". If the foot brake is not depressed,
"A" flashes. Press the accelerator pedal
directly to driv e away or return the selector
lever to N and repeat the process with the
foot brake depressed.
In Automatic m od e the transmission shifts
to other gears autom atically dependent on
driving c onditions.
126
www.comunidadCORSA.es
In Manual m od e the gea rs can be shifted
manually. The transm ission displa y shows
the c urrently engaged gear.
Selec tor lever in A/M
Switch between Automa tic and Manual
mode.
If the eng ine speed is too low the Easy tronic
will a utoma tica lly shift to a lower gea r even
in Manual mode. This prev ents the engine
from stalling.
Selec tor lever in R
Reverse gear. Engage only when the
vehicle is stationary. Press the button on
the selector lever and select R. The
tra nsmission display will show " R".
Selector l ev er i n + or + Shift to a higher gear.
-
Shift to a lower gear.
If a higher gear is selected when the
running speed is too low, or a lower g ear
when the speed is too hig h, no shift is
effected. This prevents the engine from
running at too low or too high revs.
If R is selected when the vehic le is in motion,
"R" flashes in the transm ission display and
no g ear is eng aged.
Electronically controlled driving
programm es in automatic mode
z By m eans of delay ed gear cha nging
(higher engine speed s) following a cold
start, the opera ting temperature
programme quickly and automatically
bring s the catalytic conv erter to the
temperature required for optimum
pollutant reduction.
z Adaptive programmes autom atically
adapt gear shifting to suit the d riv ing
cond itions, suc h as if the vehic le is
tow ing a carav an/trailer, ha s a hig h
payload, or is being driv en on inclines.
Gears ca n be skipp ed b y jogging the
selector lever repea tedly at short interv als.
When the vehicle is in Automatic m ode,
Ea sy tronic shifts to Manua l mode when the
selector lever is set to position + or -. The
transm ission display shows the currently
selected g ear.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
127
Engine braking assistance from
motor
Autom atic mode:
When driving d ow nhill, Ea sytronic does not
shift into the higher gea rs until a relatively
high engine speed has been reac hed.
When brak ing, Easytronic shifts down into
a lower gear in good time.
Ma nua l mode:
To utilize the engine braking effect, select a
lower gear in good time when driving
downhill.
Winter programm e T
Kickdown
In the event of diffic ulties starting off on
slip pery road s, p ress button T ("A" and T
are shown in the tra nsmission display).
Ea sy tronic switches to Automatic mode
and the vehicle sets off in second gea r.
Ac celera tor pedal pressed past the
pressure point: Below certain speeds, the
tra nsmission shifts down into a lower gear.
Full engine power is a vailable for
acceleration.
The w inter program is switched off by :
z pressing button T a gain,
z switching to Manual mode
z turning off the ignition.
During kickdown no manual gear shifting is
possible.
In order to protect the Easytronic the winter
programme automatically sw itches itself
off at extremely high clutch temperatures.
128
When the engine speed approaches its
up per limit, the transm ission shifts to a
higher gea r during kickdown even in
Manua l mode.
Without kickdown this automatic shift is
not effected in Manual mode.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Stopping the vehicle
Vehicle storage
Rocking the car
When the selector lev er is in the mid
position and the vehicle at a standstill, first
gear (second gear with active sta rting-off
aid) is automatically engaged and the
clutch opened.
Before leaving the vehicle:
z eng age hand brake,
z rem ove ignition key.
If it becomes necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from sand, m ud , snow or a hole,
mov e the selector lever between the mid
position a nd R in a repea t pattern while
simultaneously applying light p ressure to
the accelerator ped al. Do not race the
eng ine and av oid sudd en acceleration.
If a warning signal sound s w hen the
driver’s door is opened (foot brak e not
depressed), m ov e the selector lever to N
and ap ply the ha nd brake.
When stopping on gradients engage hand
brake or depress brake ped al. To prevent
overheating of the automatic clutch, do
not increase engine speed to ensure
smooth id ling while standing if a gear is
enga ged.
Switch off eng ine if stop ping for a lengthy
period, e. g. in traffic jams or at level
crossings.
The last gea r engaged is retained. When
the selector lever is in position N no gea r is
engaged.
When the ignition is switched off the
Easytronic no longer responds to
movem ent of the selector lev er.
This applies only to the ex ceptional
circumstances mentioned above.
If the ignition key is not removed, the
battery m ay be discharged if the vehicle is
then left to stand for a lengthy period of
tim e.
If the hand b ra ke has not been applied , the
control indicator R flashes for a few
second s a fter the ignition is switched off.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
129
Interruption of powe r s upply
The clutch is not disengaged if the vehicle
battery is d ischarged and a gea r has been
selected. The vehicle c annot m ov e.
If the battery is fla t, sta rt the vehicle using
jump leads – see pa ge 170.
Manoeuvring the vehicle
Fault
To manoeuv re the vehicle back and forth
during attem pts to park or in garage
entrances the creeping movement can be
utilized by releasing the foot brake.
If a fault occurs in Easytronic , control
indica tor A lights up . In the event of
serious faults, an "F" also appears in the
tra nsmission display.
Never actuate a ccelerator and brake
pedals simultaneously.
It is possible to continue driving if only
warning lig ht A lights up . Manual mode
can then no longer be selected.
In order to protect Easytronic, it
automatically disengages the "creep
func tion" a t ex tremely high clutch
tem peratures.
If an "F" is also shown in the transmission
display , it is not possible to continue
driving.
Have the ca use of the fault rem edied. We
recommend that you consult your Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer. The system’s
integrated self-diag nostics a llows faults to
be q uick ly remedied.
130
www.comunidadCORSA.es
3. C lean Easy tronic around the cap (see
figure) so that no dirt can get into the
opening w hen the ca p is removed.
4. Rotate cap to slacken and remove by
lifting upwards – see figure.
5. Turn the a djusting screw clockwise using
a flat-head screwdriver (vehicle tools –
see page 178) until clear resistance can
be felt. The clutch has now been
disengaged.
Towing the vehic le and starting the eng ine
is not perm itted when the clutch has been
released in this way , although the vehicle
can b e m ov ed a short distance.
C ontact a workshop immediately. We
recommend that y ou consult y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer.
Do not turn beyond the resista nce, since
this can damag e the Easytronic.
6. Fit cleaned cap again. The cap m ust be
in full conta ct with the housing.
If the c ause of the interruption to the p ow er
sup ply is not the discharged battery ,
consult a workshop. We rec om mend
consulting your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer. If the vehicle has to be rem oved
from moving traffic, relea se clutch as
follow s:
1. Ap ply hand brak e and switch off
ig nition.
2. Open bonnet and engage support.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
131
Automatic
transmission 3
After sta rting the engine and before
shifting into a gea r, depress the brake
pedal. If the brake peda l is released when
a gea r is eng aged , the vehicle will "c reep ".
Nev er depress the ac celera tor and brake
pedals simultaneously .
Failure to follow the description can lead
to injuries or endanger life.
Once D has been selected, the economy
driving p rogra mme is operative. Position D
is g enerally ideal for d riv ing.
If the accelerator peda l is depressed gently
and ev enly the transmission w ill shift into
the fuel-saving gears at an early stage. The
drive ra nge needs be changed manually
only in exceptional c ases. Select 3, 2 a nd 1
only when automatic shifting up is to be
avoided or if additional use is to be made
of the engine braking effect.
Select D ag ain as soon as driving
conditions perm it.
132
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Trans miss ion display
The current selector lever position is shown
in the tra nsmission display in the
tachometer.
To engage P or R pull release under
selector lever.
The engine can only be started with lever in
position P or N. When position N is selected,
press foot brak e or engage hand brake
before starting.
Do not a ccelerate d uring the selection
proc edure.
Drive ranges D, 3, 2, 1
D
Position for normal driving
cond itions in 1st to 4th gea r.
3, 2, 1 The transm ission does not shift
bey ond the selected gear.
To select 3 or 1 pull ha ndle beneath
selector lever.
After the engine has been started and D
selected, the economy driving programme
is alway s operative.
Sele ctor lever in P, R and N
P
Park. Front wheels lock ed.
Enga ge only when the v ehicle
is stationary and the hand b ra ke is
applied.
R
Reverse. Only engage when
vehic le stationa ry .
N
Neutra l.
The selector lever can only be moved from
the P position with the ignition switched on
and the foot brake operated (selec tor lev er
lock).
www.comunidadCORSA.es
133
z Automatic neutral shift function
automatically sets the transmission to N
to reduc e fuel consumption, e.g. at
traffic lights.
The automa tic neutral shift is
activa ted if:
– selector lever is in D, 3, 2 or 1
and
– the foot brake is operated
and
– the vehicle is stationary
and
– the accelerator is not being operated.
Ele ctronically controlled driving
programme s
z Sporty programm e: Tra nsmission shifts
at high engine speeds:
Ta p button S (1 illuminates in the
transmission display).
z Economy p rogram me: Transmission
shifts a t lower engine speeds:
Ta p button S again.
z Winter prog ra m: Press T button.
As soon as the brake is released and the
accelerator pedal is depressed, the
vehicle starts off in the usual m anner.
z By mea ns of delayed gear changing
(higher eng ine speeds) following a cold
start, the operating tem perature
programm e quickly and automatically
brings the ca ta ly tic converter to the
temperature required for op tim um
pollutant reduction.
z Adaptive programm es automatically
adap t gea r shifting to suit the driving
conditions, such as if the v ehicle is
towing a c aravan/trailer, has a high
pay loa d, or is being driven on inclines.
Winte r program me T
In the ev ent of difficulties starting off on
slippery roads, press button T, which can
be opera ted in P, R, N , D and 3 (T
illuminates in the transmission display).
The vehicle starts off in third gea r.
The winter program is switched off b y:
z pressing b utton T again,
z shifting to 2 or 1 m anua lly ,
z turning off the ignition.
The winter programme automatically
switched off a t speeds in excess of app rox .
50 mph (80 km/h).
The winter programme automatically
switches off at extremely high transmission
oil temperatures in order to prev ent
dam age.
134
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Kickdown
Rocking the car
Manoeuvring the vehicle
Accelerator pedal pressed past the
pressure point: below certa in speeds, the
transm ission shifts down into a lower gear.
Full engine power is availab le for
acceleration.
If it becomes necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from sand, mud, snow or a hole,
move the selector lever from D to R in a
repeat pattern w hile sim ultaneously
applying light pressure to the accelerator
pedal. Do not race the engine and av oid
sudden acceleration.
To ma noeuv re the vehicle back and forth
during attempts to park or in ga ra ge
entrances, the v ehicle’ s creeping
mov ement can be utilised by releasing the
brak e pedal.
Engine braking assistance from
motor
In order to utiliz e the eng ine braking effect
when driving downhill, select d riv e range 3,
2 or, if necessary, 1 in good time.
This applies only to the exceptional
circum stances mentioned a bove.
N ever actuate accelerator and brake
pedals sim ultaneously.
The braking action is most effective in driv e
range 1. If drive range 1 is selected at too
high a speed, the transm ission remains in
second gear until the shift p oint for first
gear is reached, e.g. as a result of
deceleration.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
135
The tra nsmission no longer shifts
automatically. Vehicle can continue to be
driven. Second gear is not available.
Forward gears 1, 3 and 4 must be shifted
ma nually using selector lever:
Stopping the vehicle
The selector lever can be left in the chosen
gear with the engine running.
When stopping on gradients engage hand
brake or depress brake ped al. To prevent
overheating of the transmission, do not
increase engine revolutions to ensure
smooth id ling while standing if a gear has
been selected.
1
= 1st g ear
2
= 3rd gear
3, D = 4th gear
Hav e c ause of fault remedied. We
recommend that y ou consult y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer.
Switch off eng ine if stop ping for a lengthy
period, e. g. in traffic jams or at level
crossings.
Before leav ing the vehicle, apply hand
brake, then place selector lever in position
P and remove ignition k ey.
If the ignition key is not rem oved, the
battery may be d ischarged if the vehicle is
then left to stand for a lengthy period of
time.
The ignition key ca n only be remov ed when
the selector lev er is in position P.
136
Fault
Control indica tor A lights when the
ignition is switched on. If it does not go out
after start or lights while driving, there is a
fa ult in the automatic transm ission or
engine electronics.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Re-selecting P locks the selector lever
aga in. Have cause of power sup ply
interruption remedied . We recommend
that you consult y our Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
Interruption of power supply
If the vehicle battery is flat, the selector
lev er ca nnot be moved out of position P.
If the battery is flat, start the vehicle using
jump leads – see pag e 170.
3. Push ca tc h forward with a screwdriv er
and m ove selector lev er out of P.
4. Mount cov er back on c entre console and
refit.
If the battery is not the cause of the fault,
release selector lev er:
1. Ap ply hand brak e.
2. Disenga ge the cover from the centre
console a nd rota te it clockw ise 90°.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
137
Climate control
Dep ending on how the v ehicle is equipped ,
the c lim ate w ill be controlled by a heating
and v entilation system with optiona l air
conditioning system 3 or by a clima te
control sy stem 3.
He ating and ventilation system with
optional air conditioning system 3
Ventilation, heating and cooling 3 a re
combined into one unit that is d esigned to
prov ide com fort regardless of the season,
weather or outside temperature.
When cooling 3 is activated, the air is
cooled and dried.
The heating unit heats the air a s required in
all operating m od es depending on the
position of the temperature switch. The air
supply can be adjusted to suit
requirements by means of the fan.
Button n for cooling and 4 for
recirculation are only found on vehic les
equipped with the optional air conditioning
sy stem 3. See pa ge 114.
112
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Electronic air conditioning system 3
The electronic air conditioning system
provides maxim um comfort under any
weather conditions, at any outside
temperature and at a ll tim es of the y ear.
To ensure a constant and com fortable
climate in the vehicle, the temperature of
the inflowing air, the air-flow rate and the
air distribution are changed a utomatically
acc ording to clim atic conditions outside
the vehicle.
C lim ate c ontrol system – see page 119.
Heate r controls
Left -hand rota ry swit ch: Temperature
red zone
=
warm
blue zone
=
cold
Centre rotary switch: Fan
Four speeds:
x Off
4
Maximum air flow
The rate of air flow is determined b y the
fa n. The fan should therefore a lso be
switched on during a journey.
Rig ht-hand rot ary swi tch: Air distribut ion
V
to the windscreen and
front door windows
J
to the windscreen, front door
windows and to foot well
K
to foot w ell
L
to head area a nd to foot w ell
M
To head a rea
O pen the air vents when the switch is set to
L or M.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
113
Heate d re ar window 3,
heated exterior mirrors 3
O peration with ignition switched on:
On =
O ff =
Press Ü
Press Ü again
Control indicator in pushbutton.
Air conditioning system 3
Air recircula tion system 4
Air recirculation button 4 is used to
switch the air conditioning system to air
recirculation mode (control indicator).
If fum es or unpleasant odours penetrate
from outside: tem pora rily sw itc h on a ir
recirculation sy stem 4.
The air recirculation system minim ises the
entry of outside air. The humidity
increases, and the windows can mist up.
The qua lity of the passenger compartment
air deteriora tes which may cause the
vehicle occupants to feel d row sy.
Switch the a ir distribution to V: the air
circulation sy stem is a utoma tica lly shut off
to provide faster dem isting of the windows.
114
www.comunidadCORSA.es
C ool ing n
The cooling unit (AC compressor) of the air
conditioning sy stem is activated using
switch n (control indica tor). Operation
with cooling is only possible if the engine is
running and the fan is on.
When the cooling unit is on, the air is
cooled and dehum id ified. S witch off
cooling to conserve fuel whenever cooling
or dehum idifica tion is not required.
At low outsid e temperatures the cooling
unit sw itc hes off a utomatica lly .
Centre and side (1) air ve nts
Pleasant ventilation to the head area
controlled by the position of the
tem perature switch. Temperature sw itch in
the m id position: Cooler air flows from the
centre vents than from the side vents.
The a ir flow can be directed as desired by
tilting and swivelling the sla ts.
To close the vents, p ush the slider towards
the centre of the v ehicle.
Heated se ats 3
To increase the air supply , set the fan to a
higher sp eed.
Two buttons ß in the centre console;
operational for the respectiv e front seat
when the ignition is switched on.
Windscre en defroster nozzles (2 )
On =
O ff =
Air distribution switch set to V or J:
Air is directed onto the windscreen and the
door wind ow s.
Press ß
Press ß again
C ontrol indicators in the pushbuttons.
Additional vents
Located in front of the wind screen, in front
of the door windows and in the front foot
wells.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
115
He ating
The amount of heat is dependent on the
coolant temperature and is thus not fully
attained until the engine is warm.
For rapid warming of the p assenger
compartment:
z Set the temperature switch in the red
zone.
z Set the fan to speed 3.
z Set the air distribution sw itch to the
desired position – see page 113.
Ve ntilation
z Set temperature switch as desired .
z Switch fan on at desired setting.
z For max imum ventilation in head area:
Set air distribution switch to M and open
all vents.
The comfort and general well-b eing of the
vehicle occupants a re to a large extent
dependent on a suitable ventilation and
heating setting.
To obtain a stratification of temperature in
the vehicle with the pleasant effect of " cool
head a nd warm feet", set the air
distribution switch to K, J or L and the
temperature switch as required.
z For ventila tion to foot well: Set air
distribution switch to K .
z For simultaneous ventilation to the hea d
area a nd the foot well: Set air
distribution switch to L .
116
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Heating the foot well
z Set the temperature switch in the red
zone.
z Switch on fan.
z Set air distribution switch to K.
Demis ting and defrosting
the windows
Disreg ard can cause the windows to
become misted up , which can lead to
accidents due to lack of proper vision.
z Turn the temperature switch as far into
the red zone as possib le,
z Set fan to 3 or 4,
z Set air distribution sw itch to V,
z Switch on the heated rear window 3,
z Direct the side air vents a s required
towa rd s the door windows.
z For simultaneous w arming of the foot
well, set air distribution switch to J.
z Air rec irculation system 4 off,
Ma xim um cooling
(Maximum A ir Conditioning)
O pen w indows and sun roof 3 briefly so
that warm air can esca pe rap idly.
z Set cooling n as desired,
z Air circulation system 4 on.
z Set temperature switch a s d esired,
z Cooling n on.
z Sw itch on fan at desired level of air flow,
z Set air distribution switch to M or L,
z Turn the temp erature switch as far into
the blue zone (cold) as possible.
z O pen v ents as required.
z Set fa n to 4.
Temperature switch in centre of
adjustment range: Warmer a ir will flow into
the foot well a nd cooler air into the upp er
zone, with warm er air coming from the side
air vents and cooler air from the c entre
vents.
z Set air distribution switch to M.
Operation of the s yste m 3
Comfort sett ing
www.comunidadCORSA.es
z Open all vents.
117
– or –
if there is still moisture in the system after
previous air c onditioning operation, the
windows may mist up. To prevent this,
set air distribution to K before sta rting
eng ine and set to V approx. 5 sec onds
after starting.
Disregard can cause the wind ow s to
become misted up, whic h can lead to
accidents due to lack of proper v ision.
Window dem isting
Wind ow m isting e. g. during d amp wea ther
or with dam p clothing:
Window de-icing
z Cooling n off,
z Set temperature switch as desired,
z Cooling n on,
z Set fa n to desired speed ,
z Set temperature switch as desired ,
z Air distribution switch to V, air
recirculation sy stem 4 automa tic ally
switches off,
z Switch on fan at desired lev el of air flow,
z Air d istribution switch to V, air
recirculation system 4 automatically
switches off,
z Open sid e air vents.
O peration with cooling (AC comp ressor) is
not possible when outsid e temperatures
are low.
Note
see page 124.
Mainte nance
see page 125.
118
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Autom atic climate control sys tem 3
The electronic air conditioning sy stem
provides maximum comfort under any
weather conditions, a t any outsid e
tem perature and at all tim es of the y ear.
To ensure a constant and com fortable
climate in the v ehicle, the tempera ture of
the inflowing air, the air-flow rate a nd the
air distrib ution are cha nged automatically
according to clim atic conditions outside
the v ehicle.
Temperature changes d ue to external
influences, such as direct sunlight, are
autom atic ally compensated.
When the cooling unit (AC compressor) is
on, the air is cooled and dehum id ified.
When no c ooling or dry ing is required press
the ECO button to sav e fuel – see page 122.
When set to automa tic mode, the
automatic climate control system p rov ides
the op tim al settings for a lmost all
conditions. If necessary, a utomatic clima te
control sy stem settings can be modified
ma nually.
The autom atic climate control system is
only operational when the engine is
running.
At low outsid e temperatures the cooling
unit (AC comp ressor) switches off
automatically.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
119
Deactivating the AC c om pressor (ECO
appea rs in the air conditioning display )
may restric t the level of c om fort and safety.
See pag e 122.
Pre-select ed tem peratures
The preselected tem perature ca n b e set to
va lues between 16 °C and 28 °C using the
left-hand rotary knob.
All air vents are regulated automatically in
autom atic mode. The a ir vents should
therefore always be open. See pag e 115.
For the sake of comfort, only change the
pre selec ted temperature in small steps.
If a temp erature a bove 28 °C is set, HI
app ears in the air cond itioning display : the
automatic c lim ate control system runs
consta ntly with maxim um heating. The
temperature is not regulated.
Autom atic m ode
Basic setting for max imum comfort:
The preset temperature is retained when
the ignition is switched off.
z Press AUTO button.
z Open all air vents.
z Switch on AC com pressor – see
page 122.
z Preset tem perature to 22 °C with turn
knob .
If nec essary , the pre-selected tem perature
can be set higher or low er.
120
If a temp erature b elow 16 °C is set, LO
app ears in the air cond itioning display : the
automatic c lim ate control system runs
consta ntly with maxim um cooling. The
temperature is not regulated.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Manual sett ings
Under certain circumstances (e. g. iced or
misted wind ow s), the functions of the
automatic clima te control sy stem can be
modified manually.
Manual settings are stored when the
ignition is switched off.
Make ma nual settings as follow s w hen
necessary:
Wi nd ow demi st ing and d e-i cing
Disregard can cause the wind ow s to
become misted up, whic h can lead to
accidents due to lack of proper v ision.
Press button V. V appears in the air
conditioning display.
The tem perature, air distrib ution and fan
are set automatically, windows are quickly
demisted and de-iced
To return to autom atic mode: Press button
V or AUTO.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Heated r ear window ,
heated exter ior mirror s 3
Heating operational only w ith engine
running.
Press button Ü. Ü appears in the air
conditioning display .
The rear window a nd ex terior mirrors w ill
quickly be cleared of ice and cond ensa tion.
Heating is switched off a utomatica lly after
app rox . 15 m inutes. To switch it off before
that time: Press button Ü again.
121
AC compressor activ ation/deact ivat e
Press the ECO button. ECO appears in the
air conditioning display .
Switch on to save fuel. In this mode cooling
(AC com pressor) is switc hed off.
Inflowing air is neither cooled nor
dehumid ified. This restricts the level of
comfort provid ed by the autom atic clima te
control sy stem. This may cause the
windows to mist up, for example.
To return to opera tion with cooling: p ress
the ECO button. EC O d isappears.
122
Air distri bution
Press one or more of the following buttons.
The corresponding sy mbol app ears in the
air conditioning display:
s:
Air distribution to windscreen
and front side windows.
M: Air distribution to vehicle occupants
via adjustable air vents.
K: Air distribution to foot w ell.
To return to autom atic mode: press the
appropriate buttons ag ain, or press AUTO.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Air flow
S et air flow using the right-hand rotary
knob. The selected fan speed is indicated
by the number of bars.
To deactivate the fan and thereby the
climate control sy stem: Turn the right
rotary k nob antic lock wise until the display
goes out.
To activa te: Turn the right-hand rotary
knob c lock wise.
To return to automatic m ode: press the
AUTO button.
Press AUTO with the ignition off. The
preselected temperature appea rs in the air
conditioning display. The temperature can
be a djusted with the left-ha nd rotary knob.
The air conditioning will operate for a
limited period of tim e.
To deactivate air conditioning, press the
AUTO button.
Air reci rculation syst em
The a ir recirculation sy stem prevents the
entry of outside air and the air in the
passenger com partment is circulated .
Press button 4 . % appears in the air
conditioning d isplay .
The exchange of fresh air is reduced in air
circulation mode. The quality of the
passenger com partment a ir deteriorates
which may cause the vehicle occupants to
feel drowsy. I n op eration without c ooling
the a ir humid ity increases, so the wind ow s
may mist up. C onseq uently , the air
circulation sy stem should only be run for
short periods of tim e.
Air condit ioning wi th the eng ine not
runni ng
When the vehicle is stop ped and the
ignition off, the heat or cooling power still
in the sy stem can b e used to condition the
passenger compa rtm ent, for example
when stop ped at a level crossing.
To switch off a ir recirculation:
Press button 4 again.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
123
Polle n filter
Note
The pollen filter cleans the air entering from
outside and filters dust, soot, pollen and
spores from the interior air if the air
recirculation system 3 is active. The activ e
carbon lay er 3 eliminates m ost odours a nd
ha rm ful a mbient ga ses from the air.
If the windsc reen is misted due to damp
weather, temporarily set the system as
desc ribed under "Wind ow dem isting".
The pollen filter must b e replaced at the
intervals specified in the Service Booklet.
Air intake
The air intakes in front of the wind screen on
the far left and right-hand sides of the
engine compartment must be k ept free of
lea ves, d irt and snow.
Air outlet
Do not cover the air outlets when storing
item s in the luggage com partment storage
compartments.
124
www.comunidadCORSA.es
C ooling 3 functions most efficiently when
the wind ow s a nd sun roof 3 are closed. If
the passenger compa rtm ent has heated
up considerably after a long period in
direct sunlight, briefly open the windows
and sun roof 3 so that the hot air can
esca pe q uick ly .
When cooling 3 (AC compressor) is
switched on, c ondensation forms, which is
expelled from the underside of the v ehicle.
At lea st one air vent must b e open while
cooling 3 (air conditioning compressor) is
on in order to prevent the evaporator from
icing up due to lack of air movement.
For trouble-free operation of the automatic
climate control system 3, d o not c ov er the
sensor between the air vents in front of the
windscreen.
Maintenance
In order to ensure consistently good
op eration, the AC compressor 3 m ust be
switched on for severa l minutes once per
month irrespective of the weather or time
of year. Op eration with cooling (AC
compressor) 3 is not possib le when outside
temperatures are low .
If a fault occurs, consult a w ork shop. We
recommend your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
125
Driving hints
Never coast with engine not running
Driving with a roof load
Many units w ill not function in this situation
(e.g. brake servo unit, power steering 3 ).
Driv ing in this ma nner is a danger to
yourself and others.
Do not exceed the perm issible roof load –
see page 234. For reasons of safety,
distribute the loa d ev enly a nd secure it
properly with reta ining straps so that it
cannot slip. Adjust ty re pressure to the load
conditions. Do not d riv e fa ster than 75 mph
(120 km /h). Check and retighten the straps
freq uently .
Brake servo unit
When the engine is not running, the brake
servo unit is no longer effective once the
brake peda l has been depressed once or
twice. Braking effect is not reduced , but
significantly greater force is required for
braking.
Power ste ering 3
The first 600 miles (1000 km)
Drive your vehicle at v arious speeds. Do
not use full throttle. Never allow the eng ine
to labour at low revs.
Make good use of all gea rs. Depress the
accelerator pedal a maximum of around
three quarters of the ava ila ble ped al travel
in all gears.
Do not drive faster than three quarters of
max imum speed.
Do not brake unnecessarily hard for the
first 125 miles (200 km ).
If the power-assisted steering fails when
being towed with the engine switched off,
the vehicle can still be steered, but
considera bly more forc e is req uired.
Driving in mountainous te rrain or
with a traile r/caravan
The cooling fan is electrically operated. Its
cooling p ow er is therefore independent of
the engine speed.
Since a considerable amount of heat is
genera ted at high engine speeds and less
at slower speeds, do not shift d ow n when
climbing hills whilst the v ehicle is still coping
with the gradient in the higher g ear.
Diesel engines: O n gradients of 10 % or
more, do not drive fa ster tha n 20 mph (30
km/h) in first gea r or 30 mp h (50 km/h) in
second gea r.
138
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Switching off the e ngine
When y ou switch off, fans in the eng ine
compa rtm ent may continue running for a
time to cool the engine.
If the engine temperature is very high, e.g.
after driving in mountainous terrain: Allow
the engine to id le for approx im ately two
minutes in order to prevent heat
acc um ulation.
Vehicles with turb ocharged engine
After running at high eng ine speeds or high
eng ine loads, op erate the engine briefly at
a low load or run in neutral for approx.
30 seconds before switching off in ord er to
protec t the turbocharger.
Save energy – more miles
Engine s pe ed
Clutch operation
Please observe the running-in hints on the
previous pag e and the tips for energ y
saving on the following pages.
Driv e in a low engine speed range for each
gear a s m uc h as possible.
Alway s d epress the c lutch pedal hard to
the floor to p revent shifting difficulties and
transmission damage.
Good, technica lly correct and economical
driving ensures ma ximum durability and
performance for your vehic le.
Overrun
The fuel supply is autom atically shut off
during overrun, e.g. when the vehicle is
being driven down long gradients or when
braking. To enable the overrun cut-off to
take effect, do not acc elerate during
overrun and, if in manual transm ission
mode, do not de-clutch. To prevent
dam age to the cata ly tic converter, overrun
cut-off is temp orarily deactivated when the
cataly tic conv erter temperature is high.
Vehi cles w ith turb ocharged engine
Flow -g enerated noises may be aud ible if
the a ccelerator is released quickly on
account of air flow in the turbocharger.
Warming up
Allow the engine to warm up while driving.
Do not warm it up by letting it run at idling
speed. Do not apply full throttle until the
engine has reached op erating
temperature.
After a cold start, the automatic
tra nsmission 3 a nd Easytronic 3 do not
shift into higher gears until higher engine
speeds have been reached. This allow s the
catalytic converter to quickly reac h the
temperature required for optimum
pollutant reduction.
Correct gear sele ction
Do not race your engine whilst in neutral or
with a low gea r selected. Driving too fast in
indiv idua l gea rs as well as stop-a nd -g o
tra ffic increases engine wear a nd fuel
consumption.
Change down
When driving do not use the pedal as a
foot rest; this will cause substantial clutch
wear.
P edals
Do not place any ob jects in the foot well
which could slip under the ped als and
inhibit the pedal trav el.
To ensure the pedal travel is uninhibited,
there must be no mats in the area of the
pedals.
Battery care
When driving slowly or when the v ehicle is
stationary , e.g. in slow urban traffic, stopand-go traffic or traffic jams, turn off all
unnecessary electrical load s w here
possible (e. g. heated rear window, heated
front seats, etc. ).
Declutch w hen sta rting in order to relieve
the strain on the starter and the ba ttery.
When decreasing speed, shift down into
the next lowest gear. Do not slip the clutch
with a high-revving engine. This is
especially important when hill climb ing.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
139
Saving fuel,
protecting the
environment
New painting techniques employ wa ter as
a solv ent.
End-of-life ve hicle recovery
Information on end-of-life vehicle recovery
centres and the recy cling of end-of-life
vehicles is av ailable at
www.Vauxhall.co.uk.
Energy and e nvironment-conscious
driving
z High noise levels and exhaust em issions
are often a result of driving w ithout due
attention to saving energy and
protecting the environment.
Trend-setting technology
When dev eloping and manufac turing your
vehic le, Vauxhall used environmentfriendly and in the m ain recyc la ble
materials. The production methods used to
mak e y our v ehicle are likewise
env ironmenta lly -compatible.
Recycling of production wastes keeps the
circulation of material closed. Reduction of
energy a nd water requirements a lso help s
to conserve natural resources.
A highly adv anced design mea ns that your
vehic le can be easily disassembled at the
end of its working life, and the individual
materials separated for subsequent re-use.
Materia ls such as asbestos and cadmium
are not used . The refrigerant in the air
conditioning system 3 is CFC-free.
140
z Y ou should therefore drive with energy in
mind – "more miles with less fuel" .
Reduce the noise level and exhaust
emissions b y adopting an environmentconsc ious driving style. This is ex tremely
worthwhile and im proves the quality of
life.
Fuel consum ption d epend s to a great
extent on your own personal d riv ing
style. The following hints are intended to
help you consume fuel at a rate that is as
close as possible to the specified levels –
see page 231.
C heck y our v ehicle’ s fuel consumption
every time you refuel. This facilitates
early detection of any irregula rities
causing increased fuel consumption.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Warming up
z Full throttle and w arming up at idle
speed increase w ear, fuel consumption,
ex haust em ission, the am ount of
pollutant in the exhaust and the am ount
of noise.
z Driv e off imm ediately after starting.
Wa rm up the engine b y running it at
moderate eng ine speeds.
Uniform speed
z Hectic driving significantly increases fuel
consumption, the ex haust emissions, the
proportion of pollutant in the exhaust
gas and the noise level.
z Do not accelerate a nd brake
unnecessarily . Drive at uniform speed,
watching the road.
Avoid frequent starting off and stopping
e.g . at traffic lights, in short distance
tra ffic and in queues of traffic by m eans
of clever planning . Select road s w ith
good traffic flow .
Idling
z The eng ine also consumes fuel when
idling .
z If you have to wait for more than one
minute, it is worthwhile switching off the
engine. Fiv e m inutes of idling
corresponds to ap prox imately one
kilometre of driving.
Overrun
z The fuel supply is automatically shut off
during ov errun, e. g. when the vehicle is
being driven down long gradients or
when braking – see page 139.
z To enable the overrun cut-off to come
into action and sav e fuel, do not
accelerate or d eclutch during overrun.
Corre ct gear selection
z High revs increase engine w ear and fuel
consumption.
z Do not race your engine. Avoid d riv ing at
high engine speeds.
Making use of the tachom eter helps to
save fuel. Drive in a low engine speed
ra nge for each gear as much a s possible
with uniform engine speeds. Drive as
often as possible in top gear, select the
next higher gear a s soon as possible,
and only chang e down when the engine
is no longer running perfectly smoothly .
High speed
z The higher the speed , the higher the
consumption and the noise level. At top
speed, you consume a great deal of fuel
and produce excessive noise and
exhaust em issions.
z Slightly relea sing the accelerator ped al
results in distinct fuel savings with no
major loss of speed.
Drive at no more tha n around three
quarters of max imum speed and you will
use up to 50 % less fuel, without losing a
great deal of time.
Tyre pre ssure
z Inadequate ty re p ressure, leading to
higher road resistance, costs m oney in
two wa ys: for more fuel and increased
tyre wear.
z Regular checks (every 14 d ays) pay off.
Electrical loads
z The power consum ption of electrical
equip ment increa ses fuel consumption.
z Sw itch off all aux iliary electrical loads
(e. g. air c onditioning 3, heated rear
window) when not needed.
Roof racks, ski-holders
z Due to air resistance, a roof load can
increase fuel consump tion by approx.
3.5 gal/1000 m iles (1 l/100 km ).
z Remove them if they are not being used.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Repair and maintenance
z Improper repairs or adjustm ent and
maintenance work can increase fuel
consumption. Do not carry out w ork on
the eng ine yourself.
You may out of ignorance infringe
environmental law s b y not disposing of
materials properly.
Appropriate parts might not b e recycled.
Contact with some of the materia ls
inv olv ed may p ose a hea lth haz ard.
z We recom mend that repair and
maintenance be entrusted to your
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Extre me driving conditions
z Going up steep slopes, cornering, driving
on poor road s a nd winter driving a ll
increase fuel consumption.
Fuel consumption increa ses dramatically
in urba n tra ffic a nd at winter
temperatures, especially on short trip s
when the engine operating tempera ture
is not reached.
z Follow the hints given above to keep
consumption to a m inimum under suc h
cond itions.
141
Fuel consumption,
fuel, refuelling
Fuel for petrol e ngines
Fuel for diesel engines
Commercially av ailable high-quality
fuels a re suita ble (cata ly tic converter –
see p age 144, octane numbers – see
pages 228, 229). Fuel quality has a dec isive
influence on the power output, running
behaviour and serv ice life of the engine.
The additives contained in the fuel play an
important role in this regard. You should
therefore only use high-q uality fuels
containing add itiv es.
Diesel engines m ust be operated only on
comm ercially av ailable diesel fuel meeting
the specifications of DIN EN 590. Do not
use m arine diesel oils, heating oils or
entirely or partially plant-based diesel
fuels, such as rape seed oil or bio diesel,
Aquazole and similar diesel-water
emulsions.
Fuel with too low an octane number can
cause pinking. Vauxhall cannot be held
lia ble for resulting dama ge.
Diesel fuels with improved lowtemperature properties a re therefore
av ailable on the market during the winter
months. Make sure that you fill the tank
with winter fuel before the start of the cold
weather season.
Petrol with a higher octane number can
always be used.
Fuel cons umption
Fuel consump tion is determined und er
specific driv ing conditions – see page 231.
Special equipment increases the weight of
the v ehicle. As a result, they can increase
fuel consump tion and reduce the specified
max imum speed.
There is increased friction betw een engine
and transmission parts during the first
1000 kilometres. This increases fuel
consump tion.
142
Pump noz zles for lead ed fuel cannot be
inserted into the filler neck of v ehicles that
op erate on unleaded fuel.
The ignition tim ing is a utoma tica lly
adjusted according to the grade of
fuel used (octane number) – see
pages 228, 229.
Use of petrol w ith a n oc ta ne rating of 95
will ensure economica l driving.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
The flow and filterability of diesel fuel a re
temperature-dependent.
Additives can be used with diesel fuels with
winter prop erties that are guaranteed by
the manufa cturer and when using diesel
fuel filters that are heated depending on
the outside temperature.
Fuel filler cap
If the fuel filler cap must be replaced, use
only the Genuine Vauxhall fuel filler c ap
designed for y our model to ensure that full
func tionality is retained. Vehicles with
diesel engine ha ve a sp ecial fuel filler cap.
Refuelling
Care must be taken when handling fuel.
Before refuelling , switch off the engine
Switch mobile phones off.
Petrol is flam mable and explosiv e.
Please therefore av oid na ked fla mes
and sp arks when handling fuel, even
when you are in the v icinity of fuel. Do
not smoke! This also applies in places
where petrol can only be detected by its
cha ra cteristic smell. If you can smell
petrol in the vehicle, hav e ca use thereof
remedied immed iately. We recommend
that you consult your Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer.
Open the tank flap . To prevent dam age,
the right-hand sliding door cannot be fully
op ened if the tank flap is op en.
To unloc k the fuel filler cap, unlock with the
ignition key 3 , unscrew and susp end from
tank flap.
The fuel tank has a limiting sy stem which
prevents ov erfilling of the tank.
Correct filling depends to a la rg e ex tent on
prop er operation of the fuel dispensing
pump:
1. Fully insert the pump nozzle and switch it
on.
2. After the automatic cut-off, the nominal
capacity of the tank ca n be obtained by
top ping up with two doses of fuel. Make
sure the nozzle is fully inserted.
To c lose, place fuel filler cap in position and
turn, overcom ing the resistance until the
ratchet on the cap engages audibly. Lock
the fuel filler cap with the ignition key 3.
Fuel filler neck at right rear sid e of vehicle.
C lose fuel tank cov er.
O n C orsas eq uipp ed with a centra l lock ing
system 3, the tank flap is unlock ed
together with the doors – see pag e 54.
Wipe off a ny ov erflowing fuel immediately .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
143
Catalytic converter,
exhaust gases
Dama ge to the catalytic conv erter or the
vehicle m ay result if the following points
are not observed :
z Consult a work shop, such as your
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, as quic kly
as possible in the event of misfiring,
irregular engine running following a cold
start, a significant loss of engine power
or other unusual malfunctions which
may indica te a fa ult in the ignition
sy stem. If necessary, d riv ing may be
continued for a short time at a low speed
and with a low engine speed.
Catalytic converter for petrol
engines
Leaded fuel will da mage the cata ly tic
conv erter and parts of the electronic
sy stem, rend ering them inoperative.
Use of high-qua lity fuels other than those
specified on p age 142 (e.g. LR P1 )) could
damage the catalytic converter.
On vehicles with a c atalytic converter, the
fuel ta nk filler nec k is of a narrow design so
that a dispensing pump for leaded fuel
cannot b e inserted .
1)
144
LR P = Lead Rep la cement Petrol.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Irregular engine running a nd a loss of
engine power when the Traction Control
System 3 or the Electronic S tability
Program 3 com e into action are
determined b y the op erating conditions
and are therefore of no significance – see
pages 148, 149.
z If unb urnt fuel enters the c atalytic
conv erter, this may result in overheating
and irreparable damage to the c atalytic
conv erter.
You should therefore av oid
unnecessarily long use of the starter
when setting off, running the tank dry
(an erratic fuel supply leads to
overhea ting) and starting the engine by
pushing or towing.
z If the emission control indicator Z
flashes, slow down until the flashing
stops a nd the control indicator is steady .
Conta ct a workshop immediately . We
recommend your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer. Em ission control ind ic ator Z –
see pa ge 146.
Catalytic conve rter for diesel e ngines
Damage to the ca talytic converter or the
vehicle may result if the follow ing points
are not observed:
z C onsult a workshop, such a s y our
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, as quickly
as possible in the event of irregular
eng ine running, a sig nificant loss of
eng ine power or other unusual
malfunctions. I f necessary, driving may
be continued for a short tim e a t a low
speed and with a low engine speed.
Irregular engine running and a loss of
eng ine power when the Traction C ontrol
Sy stem 3 or the Electronic Stability
Program 3 come into ac tion are
determined by the opera ting conditions
and a re therefore of no sig nificance –
see pages 148, 149.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Controlling exhaust emission
Throug h design-rela ted measures – mainly
in the a rea of the fuel-injection and ignition
systems – the proportion of nox ious
ma terials in the exhaust, such as carbon
monoxide (CO ), hydrocarbons (HC) a nd
nitrogen oxides (NO x), is reduced to a
minimum.
145
Flashing with the engine running indicates
a fault that may damage the catalytic
conv erter. You can continue to drive
without causing damage by slowing down
until the fla shing stop s and the control
indica tor is stead y. C onsult a workshop
immed iately. We recommend tha t you
consult a Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Cont rol indica tor Z for exhaust
Lights up w hen the ignition is switched on
and during the start a ttempt. Goes off
shortly after the engine starts running.
C ont rol indic ator A for eng ine
electronics
Lights up for a few second s when ignition is
switched on.
If it lights while the engine running there is
a fault in the emission control system. The
permitted emission values may b e
exceeded. C onsult a workshop
immediately . We recomm end y our
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
If the light comes on when the eng ine is
running, there is a fault in the engine or
transmission electronics. The electronics
switch to the emerg ency running
programm e, fuel consumption ma y
increa se and the driv eability of the vehicle
ma y be affected. I n some cases the fa ult
can b e eliminated b y switching the engine
off and ba ck on again. If the control
indicator lights up again when the engine is
running, consult a workshop to have the
cause of the fault eliminated. We
recommend your Vaux hall Authorised
Repairer.
146
www.comunidadCORSA.es
If it lights briefly, but does not recur, it is of
no sig nificance.
If it flashes w hen the ignition is on there is a
fault in the imm obiliser sy stem –
see page 51.
Exhaust gas es
Engine exhaust gases contain poisonous
carbon monoxide, which is colourless
and odourless and could be fatal if
inhaled.
If exhaust fumes penetrate the vehicle
interior, open the windows and consult a
workshop immediately . We recommend
that you consult a Va ux hall Authorised
Repairer.
When the v ehicle is driven for the first tim e,
wax a nd oil on the exhaust system may
evap orate, producing sm ok e. After driving
the vehicle for the first time, allow it to
stand in open air to allow the fum es to
evap orate and d o not inhale.
Mainte nance
Hav e a ll maintenance work carried out at
the intervals sp ecified by Vauxhall. We
recommend that you entrust this work to
y our Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who
has proper equipment and trained
personnel a vailable. Electronic testing
systems permit rapid diagnosis and
remedy of faults. This way you can b e
certain that all com ponents of the vehicle’s
electrical, injection a nd ignition systems
operate correctly, that y our v ehicle ha s a
low lev el of pollutant emission a nd that the
cataly tic converter system will have a long
service life.
Y ou are thereby making an im portant
contribution towards keeping the air clean
and c om pliance w ith emissions legislation.
C hecking and adjustment of the fuelinjection and ignition systems is part of the
scope of inspec tion. For this reason you
should hav e a ll maintenance work carried
out a t the intervals specified in your Serv ice
Booklet.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
147
Drive Control Systems
TC P lu s is ready for operation as soon as the
ignition is switc hed on and the warning
lig ht v g oes out.
When the TCP lu s c om es into action, v
flashes.
The vehic le is now in a critical situation;
TC P lu s a llows y ou to keep control of the
vehicle and remind s y ou to match your
speed to the road c onditions.
Do not let this special safety fea ture
tempt you into ta king risks when d riv ing.
Traffic safety c an only be achieved by
adopting a responsible driving style.
Traction Control System (TC Plus ) 3
Control i nd icator v
Lights up for a few seconds when ignition is
switched on. The system is now ready for
op eration.
The system monitors the rotational speed
of all wheels. As soon as at least one
driving wheel starts to spin, the eng ine
output is reduced (the sound of the engine
changes) a nd the spinning wheel is braked.
This im proves the vehicle’s directional
control and driving power, particularly on
snow and ice as well a s on wet or slippery
roads.
Flashing during driving
This shows the sy stem has come into
action. The engine output ma y be reduced
(the sound of the engine changes) and the
vehicle may be braked automatically to a
sma ll degree.
The TCP lu s prevents the driving wheels from
spinning, irrespective of the road
conditions and ty re grip.
148
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Lights w hile driving
Fault in the system: Driving can continue.
S pinning drive wheels can cause d riv ing
stability to worsen unless driving style is
ada pted, depending on acceleration and
road surface.
Hav e the cause of the fa ult remedied. We
recommend that y ou consult y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer. The sy stem’s
integrated self-diagnostics allows faults to
be quickly remedied .
Ele ctric Stability
Program (ESPP lus ) 3
Whenev er nec essary , EPS Pl us imp rov es
driving stability in any driving situation
reg ardless of road conditions and tyre grip.
It also prevents the d riv e wheels from
spinning regard less of road conditions and
tyre grip.
The system monitors vehicle m ovements.
As soon as the vehicle starts to swerve
(und ersteers/ov ersteers) engine outp ut is
red uced (the sound of the engine changes)
and individual wheels are specifically
braked. This considerably im proves the
driving stability of the vehicle on snow and
ice and on wet or slipp ery road surfaces.
ES P Pl us is ready for operation as soon as the
ignition is switched on and the wa rning
light v goes out.
When the ESP P lu s comes into a ction, v
flashes.
The vehic le is now in a critical situation;
ESP P lu s allows you to keep c ontrol of the
vehicle and remind s y ou to match your
speed to the road c onditions.
Do not let this special safety fea ture
tempt you into ta king risks when d riv ing.
Traffic safety c an only be achieved by
adopting a responsible driving style.
Control i nd icator v
Lights up for a few seconds when ignition is
switched on. Once it goes out, the system is
ready for operation.
Flashing during driving
This shows the sy stem has come into
action. The engine output ma y be reduced
(the sound of the engine changes) and the
vehicle may be braked automatically to a
sma ll degree.
Lights while driv ing
Fault in the sy stem. Driving ca n be
continued. Poor road surface conditions
may however still cause vehicle stability to
be im paired.
Have the ca use of the fault rem edied. We
recommend that you consult your Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer. The system’s
integrated self-diag nostics a llows faults to
be q uick ly remedied.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Lights a fter interruption of p ow er supply
e.g. after disconnecting battery .
After a power supply interrup tion the
steering angle sensor must be calibrated to
ma ke the system operational:
z Automatic calibration d riv ing in straight
line a t consta nt slow (15 to 25 mph /20 to
40 km /h) speed on lev el, dry road.
z Manual calibration by turning steering
wheel from limit position to limit position.
If the indicator light does not go off after
successful calibration, observ e notes in
midd le column.
149
Decelerate
With cruise control a ctiv e, hold down
button R or tap it repeatedly : the speed is
reduc ed c ontinuously or in steps.
Cruis e control 3
Cruise control can store and maintain
speeds from approx. 20 to 125 m ph
(30 to 200 km/h).
The current speed is stored and sa ved after
the R button ha s b een relea sed.
For safety reasons the cruise control
cannot be activated until the foot brake
has been operated once.
To deact ivat e:
Tap button O : The cruise control is
switched off. The vehicle slowly
decelerates. To continue driving, dep ress
the accelerator ped al in the usua l way.
The c ruise c ontrol is operated with the
buttons I , R and O on the turn signal stalk.
Do not use the c ruise control if it is not
adv isable to maintain a c onstant sp eed
(e. g. in situations presenting a danger to
yourself and other road users, in heavy
traffic or on winding , slippery or greasy
roads).
With autom atic transmission, it is a dvisa ble
to switch on the cruise control only when
drive range D is engaged.
When the cruise control is active, reaction
times may be increased due to the different
position of the feet.
Disreg ard of these instructions may lead
to injuries or end ang er life.
To activ ate:
Ta p button I: The current speed is stored
and maintained. The acc elera tor p edal
can be released.
z the vehicle’s speed drops below
approx. 20 mp h (30 km/h) or
z the brake pedal is depressed or
Vehicle speed ca n be increased by
depressing the a ccelerator peda l. When
the accelerator pedal is released, the
previously stored speed is resumed.
z the clutch pedal is dep ressed or
Increase
With cruise control active, hold down
button I or tap it repeatedly: the speed is
increased c ontinuously or in steps of
1.2 m ph (2 km/h) without using the
accelerator ped al.
Resuming t he stored speed
Tap button R at a speed a bove 20 mph
(30 km/h): The speed selected before the
cruise control w as switched off is resumed.
The current speed is stored and saved a fter
the I button has been released.
150
The cruise control switches off
automatically under certa in driving
conditions for safety reasons.
For ex ample:
www.comunidadCORSA.es
z the selector lever of vehicles with
autom atic transmission is set to N.
The stored speed is erased when the
ignition is switched off.
Fitti ng rear load racks 3
Rear load rack s, e. g. bicy cle ra cks, fitted
nea r the sensors could disrupt the system .
Parking distance se nsor 3
Park distance sensor ma kes rev erse
parking easier by measuring the distance
between the rear of the vehicle a nd an
obstacle through ultrasonic reflection a nd
warning you with an a coustic signal in the
passenger com partment.
Fault
In the ev ent of a system fault, a continuous
acoustic signal is sounded at a dista nce of
one metre from the obstacle. Hav e the
cause of the fault remedied . We
recommend that y ou consult y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer.
The system record s the distance using four
sensors in the rear bumper.
When the ig nition is on, Parking distance
sensor switches on automatically when
rev erse g ear is enga ged. Its operational
rea diness is indicated by a brief acoustic
signa l.
If the vehicle slowly gets close to an
obstacle w hile rev ersing, an intermittent
acoustic signal is audible in the passenger
compartment when the vehicle tail is less
than one m etre from the obstacle. The
interval between the signals becomes
shorter as the distance is reduced. If the
distance is less than 30 c m, a continuous
signa l is aud ible.
In order to avoid operationa l problems or
erroneous information, the sensors m ust be
undamag ed a nd free of soiling, snow and
ice.
Under certain circumstances, v arious
reflective surfaces on objects or clothing
as well as ex ternal noise sources may
cause the system to fail to d etec t
obstacles in the rear. For this reason,
care must be taken when reversing even
if Pa rk ing distance sensor is op erational.
This is of pa rticular im portance when in
the vicinity of pedestria ns.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
151
Wheels, tyres
If tyre of a size d ifferent than those
mounted at the factory are mounted, the
electronic speedometer m ay need
reprogramming in order to ensure that the
speed disp la y is correct.
Use of unsuitab le tyres or wheels m ay
lead to accidents and render the vehicle
unroa dworthy .
Tyres
See page 243 for suitable tyres a nd
restrictions.
Tyres fitted in the factory are a dapted to
the c hassis a nd provide optimum driving
comfort and safety .
Changing tyre/wheel type
Before changing to tyres or w heels of a
different size, seek ad vice as regards
tec hnical possibilities. We recom mend that
you consult y our Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer, who will be aware of any
necessary chang es.
156
Fit ting new tyres
Fit ty res in pairs or in sets, which is even
better. Ensure that tyres on one axle are
z the sam e size
z the sam e desig n
z the sam e ma ke
z and hav e the sam e tread pa ttern.
Fit directional tyres such tha t they roll in the
direction of travel. The rolling direc tion is
indica ted b y a sym bol (e.g . an arrow) on
the sidewall.
Ty res fitted op posing the rolling direction
(such as when changing a tyre) should be
refitted as soon as possible. This is the only
way to b enefit fully from the design
prop erties of the ty re.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
We recommend that you hav e your ty res
chang ed b y y our Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer, who will b e familiar w ith the
requirem ents of the law a s regards
disposal of tyres and can thus help to
protect the environment and your
health.
S om e brands of ty res hav e a beaded edge
for alloy w heels to protec t against
dam age. If wheel covers are used on steel
wheels with beaded-edge tyres, the
following procedure must be followed:
z Use of wheel covers and tyres that are
approved by Vauxhall a nd fulfil all
requirem ents for the wheel/tyre
combination.
z If the wheel c ov ers and tyres used are
not Vauxhall-approved, the tyres m ust
not hav e a bea ded edge.
Use of unsuitable tyres or wheel cov ers
could lead to sudden pressure loss and
thereby accidents.
Tyre pressure
Check ty re pressures, including the spare
wheel, at least ev ery 14 day s and prior to
any long journey; the ty res should be
check ed when cold. Don’t forget to check
the spare.
Use the v alve cap key to make unscrewing
the valve caps easier. The key is located on
the inside of the tank flap.
Tyre pressure – see pa ge 243 and the
adhesive foil on the insid e of the fuel tank
flap. H ave adhesive foil replaced after
changing to different tyre size.
Incorrect infla tion pressures will imp air
safety, v ehicle handling, comfort and fuel
economy and will increase tyre wear.
If the pressure is too low, this can result in
considera ble ty re warm -up and internal
damage, leading to trea d separation and
even to tyre blow-out at high sp eeds.
Hidden ty re d amage is not eliminated by
adjusting inflation p ressure.
Incorrect ty re p ressure can lead to tyre
rupture.
Do not reduce tyre pressure when the ty res
are warm. Otherwise the pressure m ay
drop below the permissible minim um when
the ty res cool down.
Tyre condition, wheel condition
Drive over edges slowly and at a right
angle if possible. Driv ing ov er sharp edg es
can lead to hidd en ty re damage and wheel
dam age which is only noticed later on.
When p arking, ensure that the tyres are not
pressed against the edge of the kerb.
C heck ty res regularly for d amage (foreign
bodies, punctures, cuts, cracks, bulges in
sidewa lls). C heck wheels for dam age. In
the event of damag e or ab normal wear,
consult a workshop. We recommend your
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Damage may lead to tyre blow-out.
After having checked the ty re p ressures,
tighten the valve caps using the valve cap
key.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
157
z Never fit used tyres the previous history
and use of which you do not k now.
z So as not to impair b ra ke cooling, use
only wheel trims approved for use on
your vehicle.
Tyre d esigna tions
Meaning s:
e.g. 155/80 R 13 79 T
Tread dept h
Check tread depth regularly.
Should the front tyres show greater wear
than the rear tyres, ha ve both front wheels
exchanged with the rear wheels so that the
tyres w ith deeper tread are on the front
axle.
Correct tyre pressure.
For reasons of safety, tyres should be
rep la ced when their tread depth has worn
down to 2 to 3 mm (winter tyres: 4 mm).
The leg ally permissible minimum trea d
depth (1.6 mm) has been reached when
the tread has worn down as far as one of
the wear indicators (TWI1 )). A number of
wear indicators are sp aced at eq ual
intervals around the tyre within the trea d.
Their position is indicated by m arkings on
the tyre sid ewall.
General i nformati on
z The risk of aq ua planing is greater if the
tyres are worn.
z Tyres age, even if they a re used only very
little or not at all. A spare wheel which
has not b een used for six years should be
used only in emergencies; drive slowly
when using suc h ty res.
1)
158
TWI = Tread Wear Indicator.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
155 = Tyre width in mm
80 = Aspect ratio
(ty re height to tyre width in %)
R
= Belt ty pe: Radial
13 = Wheel d ia meter in inches
79 = Load ind ex
e. g.: 79 corresponds to 437 kg
T
= Speed cod e
S peed code letters:
Q
S
T
H
V
W
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
to 100
to 112
to 118
to 130
to 150
to 168
mph
mph
mph
mph
mph
mph
(160
(180
(190
(210
(240
(270
km /h)
km /h)
km /h)
km /h)
km /h)
km /h)
Wheel trim on steel wheels could come into
contact with parts of the cha in and be
dam aged . Remove the wheel trim – see
pag e 179.
Winter tyre s 3
For notes on fitting new tyres –
see page 156.
See page 243 for restric tions.
Tyre cha ins may only be used at sp eeds up
to 30 mph (50 km/h) and, when trav elling
on roads that are free of snow , they m ay be
used for brief periods only since they are
subject to rap id wea r on a hard road a nd
ma y sna p.
Winter tyres (M+ S tyres) im prove safety at
tem peratures below 7 °C and should
therefore be fitted on all the wheels.
The d esign of summ er tyres mea ns they
have limited qualities for winter driving.
If the maxim um perm issible speed for the
winter ty res is less than that of the vehicle,
a notice ind icating the ma ximum
permissible speed for the tyres must be
affixed within the driver’s field of v ision 1).
If y ou use the spare wheel when it is fitted
with a summer tyre, the v ehicle’ s
driveability may be affected, espec ia lly on
slip pery roa d surfaces. Ob ta in a
rep la cement for the faulty ty re as soon a s
possible, and hav e the wheel balanced
and fitted to the v ehicle.
Whee l covers 3
If the wheel covers and ty res used are not
Vauxhall-approved , mak e sure that the
tyres d o not hav e a bea ded edge.
1)
Tyre chains 3
See pag e 243 for restrictions.
Ty re chains are only p ermitted on the front
wheels. They must be fitted to the tyres
sy mmetrically in order to a chieve a
concentric fit.
Tempora ry spar e w heel 3
Tyre chains must not be used on the
temporary spare wheel. If y ou need to use
tyre chains after suffering a flat front tyre,
fit the temporary spa re on the rear ax le
and transfer one of the rea r wheels to the
front axle.
Wheel changing – see pag e 179.
C orrect tyre pressure – see pa ge 243.
Alw ays use fine mesh chains that add no
more than 15 m m to the ty re tread and the
inboard sides (including chain lock).
We rec om mend that you consult your
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Va ries fro m country to country o n account of
nationa l regula tions .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
159
Brakes
Brake system
The brakes are a n important factor for
tra ffic safety .
To improve effectiveness, do not brake
unnec essarily ha rd for the first 120 miles
(200 km) after new brak e p ads ha ve been
fitted.
Brake pad wear must not ex ceed a
specified lim it. Reg ular maintenance as
detailed in the S ervice Booklet is therefore
of the utmost im porta nce for traffic sa fety.
152
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Hav e w orn b ra ke p ads replaced. We
recommend that y ou consult y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer, who will fit pa ds that
have been tested and a pproved by
Vauxhall and guarantee optim um braking
power.
Brake pad s that hav e worn down to the
minimum thic kness will squeal. Driving may
be continued. H ave the brake pad s
replaced as soon as possible. C onsult a
workshop for brake pad replacement. We
recommend your Vaux hall Authorised
Repairer.
Foot b rake
The foot brake comp rises two independent
brake circuits.
If a brake circuit fails, the vehicle can still be
braked using the other brake circuit. If this
oc curs, however, the brak e pedal m ust be
depressed quite far using considerable
force before braking effect occurs. The
distance required for braking will b e
greater. Consult a workshop before
continuing your journey. We recomm end
your Vaux hall Authorised Repairer.
Brak e servo unit
When the brake peda l is q uick ly and
forcefully depressed, the vehicle is
automatically braked with ma ximum b ra ke
force a mplification in order to obtain the
shortest possib le brak ing distance during
full-on bra king (brake servo unit).
To ensure the full pedal travel can be
utilized, esp ecially in c ase of a fault in one
of the brake circuits, there must be no mats
in the vicinity of the peda ls – see p age 139.
When the engine is not running, the
support of the brak e servo unit disap pears
once the brake pedal has been depressed
once or twice. Braking effect is not
reduc ed, but braking requires signific antly
greater force. This is especially im portant
to bear in mind w hen towing .
C heck the brake lights before starting out
on a journey.
S hortly a fter sta rting each journey the
effectiveness of the brake sy stem should
be tested at low speed a nd without
inconveniencing other traffic, especially if
the brakes are wet, e.g. a fter the v ehicle
has been washed.
The brake fluid level should be checked
regula rly . If the brake fluid level is too low
and the ha nd brake is not applied, control
indicator R on the instrument panel lights
up – see page 32.
Maintain the p ressure on the brake pedal
for as long as full-on braking is required.
Max imum brake force amplification is
deactivated as soon as the brake ped al is
released.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
153
ABS u 3
The Anti-lock Brak e S ystem (ABS )
continuously monitors the vehicle’s brake
system and prev ents the wheels from
locking regardless of the road condition
and ty re grip.
It starts to regulate the braking pressure as
soon a s a wheel shows a tendency to lock.
The vehicle rema ins steerable, even in the
event of v ery heavy braking, for insta nce
on bends or when swerving to a void an
obstacle. Ev en in the c ase of full-on
brak ing, the ABS mak es it possible to drive
round an obstacle w ithout releasing the
brak es.
Hand brak e
Always apply hand brake firm ly. On slopes
apply the hand brake as firmly as possible.
The m echanical hand b ra ke a cts on the
brakes on the rea r wheels. It engag es
automatically when applied.
To relea se the ha nd b ra ke pull the lev er up
slig htly , press the ratchet knob, a nd fully
lower the lev er.
154
Brake system c ontrol indic ator R
The control indica tor lig hts when the
ignition is switc hed on if the ha nd brake is
applied or if the brake or clutc h fluid level is
too low. Brake fluid – see page 216.
If the control indicator lights when the
hand brak e is not applied: S top.
Interrupt y our journey immediately.
C onsult a workshop. We recommend
your Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
ABS control is mad e ap parent thoug h a
pulse in the brake pedal and the noise of
the regulation process.
For optimum b ra king, keep the brak e
pedal fully depressed throughout the
braking process, despite the fac t tha t
the p edal is pulsating. Do not reduce the
pressure on the pedal.
If there is a fault in ABS, the wheels m ay
be sub ject to locking due to braking tha t
is heavier than normal. The a dvantages
of AB S are no longer opera tional. The
vehicle may sw erve.
Do not let this special safety feature
tempt you into taking risk s when driving.
Y ou can continue driving, provided y ou
drive with care and anticipation.
Traffic safety can only be achieved by
adopting a responsib le driving style.
Hav e the cause of the fa ult remedied. We
recommend that y ou consult y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer. The sy stem’s
integrated self-diagnostics allows faults to
be quickly remedied .
Control i nd icator u for ABS
When the ignition is switched on, the
control indicator lights for a few second s
while the system performs a self-check,
whic h ma y be audible. The system is ready
for operation when the control indicator
goes out.
If the control indicator does not go out
after a few seconds, or if it lights up while
driving, there is a fault in ABS. The vehicle’s
brake sy stem rem ains operational without
AB S reg ulation.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
155
Roof racks, caravan
and trailer towing
Disregard of these notes can lead to
injuries whic h may be fatal. Vehicle
passengers should be informed
accordingly.
Roof racks 3
For reasons of safety and to avoid
damaging the roof, we recommend that
you use the Vauxhall roof rack system
approved for your vehicle. C onsult your
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Disenga ge c ov ers concealing roof rack
mounts by pushing sliders in direc tion of
arrow (e.g. with coin) and remove. To close
roof rack mounts, insert covers at front a nd
engage slid ers at rear.
Fasten the roof ra ck follow ing the
instructions the a ccompany the sy stem.
Driv ing hints – see pa ge 138.
160
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Towing e quipme nt 3
Alway s use trailer towing equipment that is
app rov ed for the vehicle. We recommend
that you entrust retrofitting of tow ing
equipment to y our Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer, who will be able to provide
inform ation about possible towed load
increa ses. The Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer has instructions on how to install
the tow ing equipment and any possible
modifications to the v ehicle that affec t the
cooling system or other equipment.
Retrofitting of towing equipm ent is not
possible for vehicles with Parking distanc e
sensor.
When operating without a trailer,
remove the coupling b all bar.
For installation dimensions of the trailer
towing equipment – see pages 251, 252.
Towing equipment with rem ovable
coupling ball bar 3 , Corsa
Stow age of coupl ing bal l bar
The c oupling ba ll bar is fastened benea th
the sp are wheel in a b ag next to the vehic le
tools.
Fit ting the coupl ing bal l bar
Remove the sealing plug from the hole for
the coupling ball ba r and stow it away in
the luggage compartment.
Tensioning coupling ball bar: hold safety
slider 1 at top a nd b ottom, pull ba ckwards
as far as possible and hold. Push release
lever 2 to the left.
6
www.comunidadCORSA.es
161
Insert coupling ball b ar into housing of
coupling using a little pressure until it
audibly engages.
Pull coupling ball bar to chec k that it is
engaged.
If coupling ball bar is correctly enga ged
z the red field on release lever 2 will not be
visible,
z and release lever 2 can be pushed no
more than 5 mm toward the coupling
ball b ar.
Repeat procedure if coupling ba ll ba r does
not engage.
162
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Press red button. Put on protective cap and
eng age.
Imp or tant
Tra iler operation is only permitted if
z coupling ball b ar is correctly engaged ,
z and protec tiv e cap has been put on and
eng aged.
Towing a c aravan/trailer is only
permitted w ith a properly attached
coupling b all bar. If the coup ling ball bar
cannot be properly attached, consult a
workshop . We recommend that you
consult y our Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
Red button must spring up when safety
cap engages. Check that protectiv e cap is
firmly sea ted.
Eye for break -awa y stopp ing cab le
For carava ns/trailers with brake, attach the
break-away stopp ing cable to the eye to
the right of the coup ling ball bar; see arrow
in figure.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
163
Dismounting the coupling b all ba r
Press red b utton and p ull p rotective cap
off.
Get hold of the top and bottom of the
retaining slider 1, pull bac k as far as
possible a nd hold. Push the release lever 2
to the left and pull the coupling ball ba r out
of the opening.
Replace protective cap onto coupling ball
bar:
z Get hold of top and bottom of retaining
slider 1 and pull back ward (relea se lever
2 jump s to the right),
z replace protectiv e ca p.
Insert lock into opening for coupling b all
bar: put cap on a t bottom first, then push
in from top.
Do not use steam -jet cleaners or other
high-pressure clea ners to clean the
coupling ball b ar.
164
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Stow age of coupl ing bal l bar
Place the coupling ball b ar in the ba g as
shown on pa ge 161 in fig. 11755 S and
attach next to the v ehicle tools beneath the
spare wheel.
Towing equipment with fixed
coupling ball bar 3 , Combo
In the case of trailers/caravans with b ra ke,
attach break-away stop ping cable to ey e
to right of coupling ball bar.
Caravan and traile r loads1 )
The permissible caravan/trailer loads are
vehicle- and eng ine-dependent m aximum
values which must not be exceed ed. The
actual carav an/trailer load is the difference
between the actual gross weight of the
caravan/trailer and the actual coupling
socket load with the caravan/trailer
coupled. When the carava n/trailer load is
being checked, therefore, only the
caravan/trailer w heels – and not the jock ey
wheel – must be standing on the weighing
apparatus.
1)
The permissib le carav an/trailer load s for
y our v ehicle are giv en in the vehicle
documents. Unless otherwise stated, they
are valid for g ra dients up to max . 12%.
The permissible c aravan/trailer load should
be fully utilised only by drivers w ho a re
adequately exp erienced in tow ing large or
hea vy ca ravans/trailers.
6
Obs erve na tiona l reg ula tio ns.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
165
The p ermissible carav an/trailer load
applies up to the specified incline and up to
an altitude of 1000 m etres above sea level.
Since engine power decreases as altitude
increases because the air becomes thinner
(thereb y reduc ing climbing ability), the
permissible tow ing weight also decreases
by 10% for ev ery 1000 metres of additional
altitude. The towing weight does not have
to be reduced when driving on roads with
slig ht inclines (less than 8%, e. g.
motorways).
166
The actual carav an/trailer load plus the
actual gross vehicle w eight must not
exc eed the m aximum p ermitted towing
weight. For example, if the permitted gross
vehicle weig ht is utilised, the trailer/
caravan load must only b e used until the
maximum permitted towing weight is
reached . The maximum permitted towing
weight is shown on the id entific ation p la te
– see page 226.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Coupling socket load
The coupling socket load is the load
exerted by the trailer/carav an on the
coupling ball. It can be va ried by changing
the weight distribution when loading the
trailer/caravan.
Re ar axle load during towing
Corsa saloon
When the carav an/trailer is coupled and
the towing vehic le fully loaded (including
all occupants), the perm issible rear ax le
loa d (see identification plate or v ehicle
docum ents) may be exceeded by 45 kg
and the permissible gross vehicle weight by
15 kg. If the permissib le rear axle load is
exc eeded, a max imum speed of 60 mph
(100 km/h) a pplies. If national regula tions
specify a low er ma ximum speed for
vehicles towing a caravan/trailer, this must
be observ ed.
The ma ximum permissible coup ling socket
load (50 kg) is specified on the towing
equipm ent identification plate and in the
vehic le documents. Alw ays aim for the
max imum load, especia lly in the ca se of
heav y carav ans/trailers. The c oupling
soc ket load should nev er fall below 25 kg.
Corsa deliv er y va n, Com bo
The permissible axle loads must not be
exc eeded.
Tyre press ure
Increase tyre pressure on the towing
vehicle to the value specified for a full load
(see pages 243, 244). Also check the
inflation pressure of the spare wheel and
the caravan/trailer wheels.
When mea suring the coup ling socket load,
mak e sure that the drawbar of the loa ded
trailer/caravan is at the sa me height as it
will be when the trailer/caravan is coupled
with the towing vehicle load ed. Particularly
important for trailers/carav ans w ith
tandem axle.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
167
In the case of trailers with low driving
stability, do not ex ceed a speed of
50 mph (80 km /h); the use of a friction-type
stabiliser is highly recommend ed.
Check caravan/trailer lighting before
starting to drive. The fog tail lights on the
vehicle are deactiv ated w hen towing a
caravan or trailer.
Do not d riv e faster than 50 mph (80 k m/h)
if possible, ev en in countries where hig her
speeds are permitted.
Driving characteristics, towing tips
For caravans/trailers with brake, a tta ch the
break-away stopping cable to the eye (see
arrow in figure).
Before attaching the trailer/carav an,
lubricate the ball of the trailer/c aravan
towing device. However, do not lub rica te
the b all if a stabiliser, which acts on the
coupling ball, is being used to da mp
hunting.
Handling is greatly influenced by the
loading of the trailer/carav an. Loads
should therefore be secured so that they
cannot slip and be placed in the c entre of
the trailer/carav an if possible, i.e. above
the a xle.
168
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Mak e sure that y ou ha ve enoug h room
when cornering and avoid sudden
ma noeuv res.
If the trailer/caravan starts to sway , drive
more slowly , do not attem pt to correct the
steering and brake sha rp ly if necessary .
The cooling fan is electrically operated. Its
cooling power is therefore independent of
the engine speed.
S ince a c onsiderab le am ount of heat is
generated at high engine speeds and less
at slower speeds, do not shift down when
climb ing hills whilst the vehic le is still coping
with the gradient in the hig her gear.
O n vehicles with Easytronic 3 in autom atic
mode or automatic transmission 3 in D, it is
sufficient to apply full throttle.
Diesel engine: On rising g ra dients of 10% or
more, do not drive faster than 20 mph (30
km/h) in 1st gear or 30 mph (50 k m/h) in
2nd gear; with autom atic transmission, d o
not exceed 25 mph (40 k m/h) in position 1.
Before starting off under ex treme
conditions (high combination weight,
mountainous terrain w ith steep inclines),
switch off all unnecessary electrical loads
(e.g. heated rear window, air conditioning
system 3, heated front seats 3).
When driving downhill, towing a caravan/
trailer subjects the brakes to a heavier load
than norm al. For this reason, select the
same gear as when driving uphill and drive
at a similar speed. With automa tic
transm ission, engage position 3, 2 or
even 1.
Select D again as soon as driv ing
conditions permit.
Ea sy tronic 3 in autom atic mode or
automatic transmission 3 in D will
automatically select the driving
programme with optimum engine b ra king
effect.
If full-on braking is required , depress the
brake pedal as hard as possib le.
Remem ber that the braking distance for
vehic les towing caravans/trailers w ith a nd
without brake is a lways grea ter than that
for vehicles not towing a caravan/trailer.
Starting on inclines
For vehicles with manual transm ission, the
most fav ourable eng ine speed when
starting off on an incline is between 2500
and 3000 rpm for petrol engines and
between 2000 and 2500 rpm for diesel
engines. Hold engine rp m constant,
engage clutch gradually (let slip), release
brake and open throttle. If possible, the
engine speed should not drop during this
proc edure.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
169
Self-help
It is p ossib le to restart the engine if the ta nk
ha s b een run dry . A delayed start is to be
exp ected. Sw itc h on the ignition for
approx. 40 seconds. Then attem pt to start
the engine for approx. 40 seconds. If the
engine d oes not start, wait a few minutes
and try again. I f the engine does not start,
consult a workshop. We recommend your
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
Do not start with quick charger
This prevents damag e to electronic
components.
Do not start by pushing or towing
Disreg ard of these notes ca n lead to
injuries which may be fatal. Vehicle
passengers should be informed
according ly .
Diese l fue l sys te m, bleeding
Never let the tank run dry! If control
indicator Y lights up, refuel as soon as
possible. Refuel immediately if it flashes.
170
Because y our vehicle is fitted with a
catalytic converter, it must not be started
by pushing or tow ing – see page 144.
Starting the e ngine with jump le ads 3
A v ehicle with a discha rg ed battery can be
started using jump leads and the battery of
another vehicle.
This must be done with ex treme care.
Any deviation from the following
instructions could lead to persona l injury
or dam age resulting from b attery
explosion, a s w ell as to dam age to the
electrical systems in both vehicles.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
z Never expose the battery to naked
fla mes or sparks.
z A disc ha rg ed b attery c an freez e at
temperatures as low a s 0 °C . Defrost the
battery before connecting jum p leads.
z Do not allow battery fluid to come into
contac t with ey es, skin, fabrics or
painted surfaces. The fluid contains
sulphuric acid w hich ca n cause injuries
and dama ge in the ev ent of direc t
contac t.
z Wear eye protection and protec tiv e
clothing when handling a battery.
z Do not connect lead s to negative
terminal of discharged battery !
z Use auxiliary battery with sam e v oltag e
(12 volts). Its capacity (Ah) must not be
considerab ly less than that of the
discharged battery. Voltage and
capacity information can be found on
the batteries.
z The connection point should be as far
away from the discharged battery as
possible.
z Route the leads so tha t they cannot
catch on rotating parts in the engine
compartment.
z Use jump leads with insulated terminals
and a width of a t least 16 mm 2 (25 mm2
for diesel eng ines).
z Start the engine of the v ehicle prov iding
the jump start.
z Do not d isconnect the disc ha rg ed
battery from the vehicle.
z After 5 minutes, start the other engine.
Start attempts should be made at
intervals of 1 minute not last longer than
15 seconds.
z Switch off all unnecessary electrical
consumers.
z Do not lean over the battery during jump
starting.
z Do not allow the terminals of one lead to
touch those of the other lead.
z Do not touch the vehicles w hile jump
starting.
z Ap ply hand brak e. Transmission in
neutra l (automa tic transmission 3 in P,
Easytronic 3 in N).
Connect the leads in the order shown in the
illustration:
1. C onnec t one end of the first jump lead to
the positive terminal 1 of the battery
providing the jum p start (identified b y
"+ " sign on battery case or terminal).
2. C onnec t the other end of this lead to the
positiv e terminal 2 of the discharged
battery ("+" sig n).
3. C onnec t the first end of the other jum p
lead to the negative terminal 3 of the
battery providing the sta rt (" –" sign).
z After starting, allow both eng ines to idle
for approx. 3 m inutes with the leads
connected.
z In order to a void ex cess voltage in the
electric al sy stem, b efore removing a
lead, sw itc h on a n electrica l consumer
(e.g. light, heated rear window) in the
vehicle receiving the jump sta rt.
z Reverse abov e seq uence exac tly when
removing leads.
4. C onnec t the other end of the second
jump lead 4 to ground on the other
vehicle, e.g. engine block or screw
connection in the engine suspension.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
171
Towing the vehicle
To open the cap of the front right towing
eye: Press the bottom of the c ap to
disengage and pull downwards to remove.
The towing eye is located in the bag
containing vehicle tools, see page 178.
Spare wheel – see pa ge 176.
S crew in the towing ey e anticlockwise and
use the wheel bolt wrench 3 (see vehicle
tools, p age 178) to tighten it to its stop in a
horizontal position.
Attach a tow rop e 3 – or better still a tow
rod 3 – to the ey e.
S witc h on ig nition to release steering
column lock a nd to perm it operation of
brak e lights, horn and windscreen wiper.
Manual transmission in neutral,
Easy tronic 3 or automatic transm ission 3
in N .
172
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Drive slowly . Do not drive jerkily . Ex cessive
tractive forc e ca n damage the vehicle.
Significa ntly g reater force is required for
braking: The brake servo unit is only
op erational when the engine is running.
Considerably g reater steering force is
necessary since this unit is operativ e only
when the engine is running.
Vehicles with automatic transmission 3
should be towed facing forwa rd s only a nd
must not be towed faster than 50 mph
(80 km/h) or further tha n 60 miles (100 k m).
If the tra nsmission is defective, or if the
above speed or d istance is to be exceeded,
the front axle must be raised off the
ground .
Consult a work shop. We recom mend y our
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, w ho w ill
serve you best to get your vehicle ba ck on
the road.
If the automatic clutch has been manually
relea sed in vehic les with Easytronic 3
because of an interrup tion to the power
supply, towing is not permitted – see
page 130. In this c ase, consult a work shop
as soon as possible. We recommend that
you consult your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Towing se rvice
Entrust your vehicle only to the towing
service of your choice and obtain an
estimate on towing costs before employing
any tow ing service. In this way y ou avoid
unnecessary c osts and possible insurance
problems during claim processing.
173
Towing another vehicle
Attach a tow rope 3 – or better still a tow
rod 3 – to the rear towing ey e on the right
side of the vehicle underbody, but nev er to
the rear ax le.
Drive slowly . Do not drive jerkily . Ex cessive
tractive forc e ca n damage the vehicle.
174
Warning triangle ¨ 3 and
first-aid kit (cushion) + 3
Corsa
Strap the warning triangle and first-a id kit
(c ushion) to the right side panel of the
lugg age compartment using a rubber
strap as illustra ted.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
C ombo C ombi, C ombo Tour
The warning triangle and first-aid kit/
cushion are stow ed in the sid e pa nel trim
on the left-ha nd side.
Release flap by p ressing retaining lugs.
Comb o van
Plac e the warning triangle and first-aid kit/
cushion in the stow age compartment
behind the driver’s seat. Disengage the
flap 3 by pressing the retaining lug and
remove.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
175
Spare w hee l 3
Corsa
The spare wheel is in the luggage
compartment and is secured beneath a
floor cover p late using a wing nut. Undo
clips beneath the loading sill and lift the
floor cover p late.
Comb o
The spare wheel 3 is stowed at the rea r
underneath the vehicle floor.
3. Unhook the catch and lower the spare
wheel.
1. Fully release the hexagon b olt in the loa d
compa rtm ent floor using the wheel bolt
wrench. Vehicle tools – see page 178.
5. Lower the holder fully and take out the
spa re wheel.
2. Lift the spare wheel holder.
4. Detach the safety ca ble.
Vehic les with a temporary spare wheel 3
ha ve a spacer ring between the
temporary sp are and the vehic le
underbody.
6. Wheel changing – see page 179.
176
www.comunidadCORSA.es
General i nformati on
The spare wheel is d esigned for use as a
temporary spa re 3 . The temporary spare
is d esigna ted by a sticker on the rim . Follow
the instructions on this page and
pages 159, 243.
On vehicles with alloy w heels 3 the spare
wheel may ha ve a steel rim .
7. Place the repla ced wheel in the spare
wheel hold er with the outside of the
wheel facing upwards.
If a full specification w heel is stow ed, do
not fit the spacer ring between the
wheel and the vehicle und erbody.
8. Lift the spa re wheel holder, insert the
sa fety ca ble.
If you use winter ty res 3, the spare wheel
may still be fitted with a summ er tyre. If you
use the spare wheel the vehicle’s handling
may be a ltered. Ob tain a repla cement for
the faulty tyre as soon a s p ossible, and
ha ve the wheel balanced and fitted to the
vehicle.
The spare wheel may be fitted with a
sma ller tyre and a sma ller rim than the
other tyres on the vehicle: using the spare
wheel may alter the handling of the v ehicle.
Replace a defectiv e ty re as soon as
possible, balance the wheel and hav e it
mounted on the v ehicle.
Not es on temp orary sp are wheel 3
z Using a temp orary spare w heel may
chang e the driving behaviour of the
vehicle, particularly if using winter
tyres 3 . Replace defective ty re a s quickly
as possible, balance wheel and fit to
vehicle.
z Mount only one tem pora ry spare w heel.
z Do not drive faster than 50 mph (80 km/
h).
z Take curv es slow ly .
z Do not use for a lengthy period.
z Replac e temporary spare w heel with full
specification wheel without delay.
z Do not use tyre cha ins. I f tyre c hains
must b e used when one of the front
wheels has a flat ty re, mount the
temporary sp are wheel on the rear ax le
and transfer one of the rear axle wheels
to the front a xle. C heck tyre pressure and
correct if nec essary . See page 243.
z Note the inform ation on the temporary
spa re wheel on pag es 159, 243.
9. Lift the spare wheel holder and engage
in the c atch. The open sid e of the catch
must point towards the rear.
10. Turn the hexa gon bolt in the load
compartment floor with the wheel bolt
wrench to raise the spare w heel holder
all the w ay up.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
177
Jack £ and ve hicle tools
Corsa
The jac k and v ehicle tools are stowed in a
bag underneath the spare wheel in the
luggage compartment.
178
Comb o Comb i, Com bo Tour
The jack and vehicle tools are located in a
stowage compa rtm ent in the side panel
trim on the right-hand sid e.
Release flap by pressing retaining lugs.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
The ja ck is secured in place by a wing
screw. The vehicle tools are secured to the
jack with rub ber ba nd s.
Changing wheels
In order to reduce the chance of possible
injuries, m ake the following prepa ra tions
and note the procedure:
z Park on a level, firm a nd non-slippery
surface.
z Sw itch on haz ard warning lights, apply
hand brak e, selector lev er in P
(automatic transm ission 3) / engage
1st gear or reverse (manual transmission
or Easy tronic 3 ).
z C orrectly set up the warning triangle.
Warning tria ngle – see page 174.
Com bo va n
The jac k and v ehicle tools are secured
behind the driver’s seat.
The jac k is secured in place by a wing
screw. The vehicle tools are secured to the
jack with rubb er bands.
z Take the spare wheel from the lugg age
compa rtm ent or from undernea th the
vehicle floor.
z Before raising the vehicle, set the front
wheels to the straight-ahead p osition.
z Block the wheel diagonally opposite the
wheel to be chang ed b y placing wedge
blocks or equivalent in front and behind
the wheel.
z Use the ja ck only to change wheels.
z If the ground on which the vehicle is
standing is soft, a solid board (max . 1 cm
thick ) should be placed under the jack.
Using a thicker board could damage the
jack and the vehic le.
z No people or a nima ls m ay be in the
vehicle when it is jack ed up.
z Never cra wl und er a ja cked-up vehicle.
z Do not start or run the engine while the
vehicle is on the jack.
6
z Never change m ore than one w heel at
once.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
179
1. Prise off the hub cap using a screwdriver,
positioning the sc rewdriver at the recess
at the side of the hub cap. Vehicle tools
– see page 178.
Prise off the wheel cov er 3 using the
hook included with the vehicle tools.
Vehicle tools – see p age 178.
Alloy wheels 3: Prise off the hub c ap
using a screwdriver, positioning the
screwdriver at the recess at the side of
the hub cap.
Remov e wheel b olt caps 3 from wheel
bolts.
180
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Alloy wheels w ith a nti-theft lock 3:
Release hub cap using key included in
vehicle tools and remove it.
2. Slac ken wheel b olts using wheel bolt
wrench, p utting on wheel b olt wrench a s
far as possible.
3. The jacking p oints on the v ehicle
underbody are ma rked by depressions
on the lower body sill.
6
www.comunidadCORSA.es
181
On som e vehicles, the jac king points are
concealed by flap s. Fold the flap
outwards.
4. Before attaching jack, set to req uired
height b y hand. Fit jack arm at front –
and rear – in such a w ay that jack claw
(arrow in illustration) goes around the
vertical ridge and eng ages into the
rec ess in the ridge.
When turning the crank , ensure that the
edge of the ja ck base on the ground is
vertically in line with the contac t point.
If this is not the case when jacking up the
vehicle, lower vehicle immediately and
reposition the jack.
Raise vehicle b y turning crank handle.
5. Unscrew w heel bolts and put somewhere
where the thread s w ill not b e soiled.
6. Change the wheel. For inform ation on
the spare wheel – see page 176; for
information on the temporary spare
wheel – see pages 159, 177, 243.
182
www.comunidadCORSA.es
10. Align and engage hub cap or wheel
cov er 3 and wheel bolt caps 3 .
Before refitting the wheel cover clean
the wheel around the reta ining c lips.
Valve sy mbol 3 on back of wheel cover
m ust point towards valve on wheel.
Alloy wheels 3 : Put hub cap on and
engage, inserting pin on rear of hub
ca p into relevant hole in wheel.
Alloy wheels with anti-theft lock 3: Put
hub ca p on. Insert and tighten antitheft lock 3.
11. Close the jacking point flap on the
underside of the vehicle 3. Stow the
repla ced w heel – see page 176. Put
away the tools and warning triangle –
see pages 174, 178.
12. Check the pressure of the new ly
mounted ty re. Correct if necessa ry .
13. Have the tightening torque of the wheel
bolts on the new wheel checked on the
vehicle using a torque wrench as soon
as possib le and , if necessary, corrected.
Tightening torque – see page 243.
14. Replace the faulty tyre on the wheel
that was rem oved.
15. Replace the tem pora ry spare wheel 3
with a full specification wheel without
delay.
7. Screw in wheel bolts and tighten slig htly,
inserting the wheel bolt wrench as far as
the stop.
8. Lower vehicle.
9. Tighten wheel bolts crossw ise, putting on
wheel bolt wrench as far as possible.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
183
Tyre repair kit 3 Com bo
Minor dam age to the tread and w alls of the
tyre by foreign bodies or the lik e c an be
rem edied using the tyre repa ir kit.
Do not rem ov e foreign bodies from the
tyres.
Damag ed a reas bigger than 4 mm a nd
dam age at the tyre rim cannot be repaired
using the tyre repair kit.
Driv ing w ith ty re pressure that is too low
can cause hidden damage to the tyres.
This damag e cannot be remedied using
the tyre repair kit. Park v ehicle and
consult a workshop . We recommend
your Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
On C om bo Comb i and C om bo Tour, the
tyre repair kit is located behind a cover to
the left in the sid e trim of the luggage
compartment; on the C om bo Va n, it is
loca ted in a stowage compartment behind
the driver’s seat.
To op en the cover, press to relea se the
retaining lugs.
1. Remove bag containing tyre repair kit
from compa rtm ent. C arefully remove
parts from bag.
2. Remove compressor.
3. Remov e electric c onnec ting cable and
air hose from stowa ge c om partments
beneath compressor.
For important information – see pa ge 187.
If y ou hav e a fla t tyre:
z Switch on hazard wa rning lights, apply
hand brake, selec tor lever in P
(automatic tra nsmission 3) / eng age
1st gear or reverse (manual transmission
or Easytronic 3).
z Correctly set up the w arning triangle.
Warning triangle – see page 202.
184
www.comunidadCORSA.es
4. Screw compressor air hose to sealant
bottle connection.
7. Sc rew ty re inflation hose to valve.
10. Switch on ignition.
5. Press the sealant bottle into the holder
on the compressor.
8. Sw itch on c om pressor m ust be set to § .
9. Plug the c om pressor connec tor into the
accessory socket or the ciga rette lig hter
socket. Accessory sockets – see page 75.
11. Move rocker switch on compressor to I,
and tyre is filled w ith sealant.
Position the compressor as close as
possible to the wheel with the sealant
bottle in an upright position.
6. Unscrew dust cap from defective tyre.
12. The comp ressor pressure gauge briefly
indicates up to 6 bar whilst the sealant
bottle is emptying (app rox .
30 seconds). Then the pressure starts to
drop.
13. All of the sea la nt is pump ed into the
tyre. Then the tyre is inflated.
14. The presc rib ed ty re pressure (see
page 243) should b e obtained within
10 m inutes. Switch the compressor off
when the pressure is obtained.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
185
15. Remove the ty re repair kit. Screw the
ty re inflation hose onto the free sea la nt
bottle connection. This prev ents sealant
bottle leak age. Stow the tyre repair k it
in the lug gage compartment.
16. Remove any excess sea lant using a
cloth.
17. C olla pse the warning triangle and stow
it in the stowa ge com partment. See
pa ge 202.
18. Affix enclosed stic ker indicating
m aximum p ermitted sp eed in driver’s
field of view.
If the p rescrib ed ty re p ressure is not
obtained w ithin 10 minutes, the ty re is
too badly damaged. Park the vehicle
and contact a work shop. We
recomm end y our Vauxhall Authorised
Repa irer.
Release excess tyre pressure with the
button a bove the pressure gauge.
19. C ontinue driving immediately so that
sea lant is ev enly distributed in the ty re.
After driving approx. 6 miles (10 km)
(but no more than 10 m inutes), stop
and check tyre p ressure. Screw
com pressor air hose d irectly onto tyre
v alve when doing this (see Fig. 15798
T).
Do not operate compressor for more
tha n 10 minutes – see "Important notes"
on page 187.
186
If tyre pressure is m ore than 1. 3 b ar, fill
it to the correct value. Repeat the
proced ure until there is no more loss of
pressure.
If the tyre p ressure ha s d ropp ed b elow
1.3 bar, the vehicle must not be used .
Contact a workshop. We rec om mend
your Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
20. Stow the tyre repair k it. See page 184.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Im portant
Do not d riv e faster than 50 mph
(80 km/h).
Do not use for a lengthy period.
Steering and handling may be affected .
The d riv ing comfort of the rep aired ty re is
severely affected, therefore have this ty re
rep la ced.
If unusual noise is heard or the compressor
becomes hot, turn compressor off for at
lea st 30 minutes.
The sealant can only be stored for
approximately 4 yea rs, after w hich time its
sealing capability is not longer
guaranteed. Pay a ttention to storage
information on sealant bottle.
The sealant bottle can only be used once.
Replace used sealant bottle.
The compressor and the sealant can be
used up to approx im ately -30 °C .
Dispose of used tyre repair kits in
accordance with the applicab le laws.
The b uilt-in safety valve opens at a
pressure of 7 bar.
Protect comp ressor from moisture and
rain.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
187
Ele ctrical system
Elec tronic ig nition system s genera te very
high v oltag es. Do not touch the ignition
system ; high voltage can be fatal.
Fuses
Fuse box
The fuse box is located in the engine
compartment next to the coolant
exp ansion tank.
Disenga ge c ov er of fuse box from lug and
lift off.
A defective fuse can be recog nized b y its
melted w ire. A new fuse should only be
installed after the cause of the trouble has
been rectified.
188
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Also remove the cover from ov er the fuses
(marked in y ellow in the fig ure).
Alway s use fuses with the correct current
va lue. This is shown on eac h fuse, and is
also indicated by the fuse colour and the
plug-in location in the fuse box .
It is advisable to carry a com plete spare set
of fuses, obtainable from any Vaux hall
Authorised Repairer. Store sp are fuses in
the place p rov ided in the fuse box (marked
in yellow in the illustration).
Before replacing a fuse, turn off the
respective switch and the ignition.
Slot fuse-gripping tool onto fuse and
withdra w it.
To help in replac ing fuses, there is a special
fuse-gripping tool on the right-ha nd side in
the fuse b ox .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Fuse
colour
Grey
Brow nish yellow
Brow n
Red
Blue
Yellow
Light green
Pink (Maxi-Fuse)
Orange
Red (M axi-Fuse)
Yellow (Maxi-Fuse)
Black (Max i-Fuse)
Fuse
rating
2A
5A
7. 5 A
10 A
15 A
20 A
30 A
30 A
40 A
50 A
60 A
80 A
189
Fuse
7
8
H eadlight wash system
S tarter
30 A
10 A
9
Fuel injec tion system,
fuel pump,
stationa ry heater
H orn
20 A
C entral control unit
I nformation display,
I nfotainment system :
engine 1) Z 13 DT,
Z 17 DTH
Vauxhall alarm sy stem
15 A
20 A
7. 5 A
15 A
16
Exterior m irrors
Windscreen wash
system
C ourtesy light
17
18
C entral control unit
S un roof
20 A
20 A
11
12
Some circuits m ay be protected by severa l
fuses.
The figures on pag es 190, 191 depict the
fuse boxes of vehicles w ith engine
Z 13 DT 1 ). Fuse boxes of other engines are
depicted on pages 192, 193.
Fuse
1
2
1)
C ircuit
Rating
C entral control unit
Eng ine control unit
7.5 A
7.5 A
Fuse
3
4
Circ ui t
Rat ing
Instruments,
information display,
light switch,
horn,
hazard wa rning lights,
immobiliser
7.5 A
Towing equipment,
num ber pla te lights
20 A
190
13
14
15
Sa les desig nation – see pa ge 229.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Rating
Electric w indow (left)
20 A
Automatic transmission 10 A
10
Fuses and the most important
circuits the y prote ct
C ircuit
5
6
10 A
10 A
7. 5 A
7. 5 A
Fuse
19
C ircuit
Rating
Electric window (right)
20 A
XEP 1)
20
Eng ine Z 12
with Easy tronic:
Vauxhall alarm sy stem
5A
Xenon head lig hts
5A
Eng ine Z 12 XEP 1)
with Easy tronic:
electric window (right)
21
22
23
24
1)
Xenon head lig hts
C entral control unit,
imm ob iliser
Windscreen w ip er
Infotainment system,
inform ation display ,
light switch,
courtesy light,
instruments,
EPS
20 A
5A
5A
30 A
5A
Fuse
25
Circ ui t
Rat ing
Rev ersing lights,
cigarette lighter,
accessory socket
20 A
Engine Z 12 XEP 1 )
with Easytronic:
brake lights
10 A
Fuse
26
C ircuit
Rating
S eat heater (right)
15 A
Motor Z 12 XEP 1)
with Easytronic:
automatic tra nsmission,
injec tion system,
reversing lights,
cig arette lig hter,
ac cessory socket
20 A
Sa les desig nation – see pa ge 228.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
191
Fuse
Fuse
27
C ircuit
Rating
S eat heater (left)
15 A
Eng ine Z 12 XEP 1)
with Easy tronic:
hea ted seat (rig ht)
Fuse
28
15 A
29
1)
Circ ui t
Rat ing
ABS
25 A
Engine Z 12 XEP 1 )
with Easytronic:
heated seat (left)
15 A
Rear wind ow wiper
20 A
Sa les desig nation – see pa ge 228.
192
www.comunidadCORSA.es
C ircuit
Rating
30
31
Engine control unit
Air conditioning sy stem
15 A
15 A
32
ABS ,
5A
Easytronic,
automatic tra nsmission,
airba g
33
Petrol engine:
Engine control unit
Diesel engine:
Engine control unit
34
35
Diesel filter heater
S un roof,
electric w indow,
I nfotainment system
30 A
5A
36
Dipp ed b eam (left)
10 A
Xenon headlights
15 A
Dipp ed b eam (right)
10 A
Xenon headlights
15 A
37
15 A
7. 5 A
Fuse
C ircuit
Rating
38
Tail light (left),
park ing lig ht (left)
5A
39
Tail light (right),
park ing lig ht (right)
5A
40
Brake lights,
cruise control
10 A
41
42
Fog lights
Fog tail lights
15 A
10 A
43
44
Main b eam (left)
Main b eam (right)
10 A
10 A
45
46
Ventilation fan
Eng ine control unit
30 A
20 A
47
48
Heated rear w indow
S ta rter
30 A
30 A
49
50
EPS
ABS,
TC, ES P
Petrol engine:
Easy tronic
Diesel engine:
Eng ine control unit
50 A
40 A
51
Fuse
52
60 A
80 A
1)
Circ ui t
Cooling fan: Petrol
engine with air
conditioning
Engine Z 10 XE,
Z 12 XEP1 )
without air conditioning
Engine Z 14 XE, Z
18 XE 1 )
without air conditioning
Diesel engine
Rat ing
Fuse
53
30 A
20 A
54
C ircuit
Rating
Air conditioning sy stem
cooling fan:
Petrol engine
Diesel engine
30 A
40 A
Easytronic
60 A
40 A
40 A
Sales d esigna tion – s ee p a ge 228.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
193
Bulb replacem ent
Before replacing a bulb , switch ignition off
and switch relevant switch off.
O nly hold new b ulb at base! Do not touc h
the b ulb glass with b are hands, otherwise
fingerprints on the glass evap orate.
Residue builds up on the reflector
eventually resulting in a dull reflector.
Inadvertently stained bulbs may b e
cleaned with a clean non-fluffy cloth, using
alcohol or white spirits.
The replacement bulb must be in
accordance with the d ata on the ba se of
the defective bulb . Do not ex ceed wattage
given on bulb base.
Headlight aiming
We recommend that head light a im ing be
carried out by y our Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer, who will have special equipment.
Halogen headlight system
dipped and main beam
Head lig ht system with separate bulbs for
dipped bea m 1 (outer bulbs) and main
beam 2 (inner bulbs).
Di pped beam
1. O pen bonnet and eng age support.
2. When replacing bulbs on the left-hand
side, open the cover of the fuse box.
When replacing bulb s on the right-hand
side, detach the air hose from the air
filter. Lift off the filler neck of the
headlight wash bottle 3 .
194
www.comunidadCORSA.es
3. Rotate the cap anticlock wise and
rem ov e.
10. When repla cing bulbs on the left-hand
sid e, close the cover of the fuse b ox .
When replacing bulbs on the right-hand
sid e, reattach the air hose to the air
filter. Refit the filler neck of the
headlight w ash bottle 3.
4. Push bulb on plug connec tor
downward.
5. Rem ov e b ulb with connector from
reflec tor housing.
6. Detach plug c onnec tor from bulb base.
7. Fit connector onto new b ulb, without
touching the gla ss.
8. I nsert the bulb with connector so that
the lug engag es in the recess in the
reflector.
9. Place head lig ht protective cover in
position and close.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
195
Mai n bea m
4. Detach plug connector from bulb.
6. Remove bulb from reflector housing.
1. Open bonnet and engage supp ort.
5. Disengag e spring wire clip from
retaining lugs by m ov ing it forw ard a nd
swivelling it to the side.
7. When fitting a new bulb, eng age the
lugs in the rec esses on the reflector
without touching the g lass.
2. When replacing bulb s on the left-hand
side, open the cov er of the fuse box.
8. Engag e sp ring wire clip, p lug connector
onto bulb .
When rep la cing bulbs on the right-hand
side, d etach the air hose from the a ir
filter.
9. Place headlight protec tiv e cov er in
position and close.
3. Rotate the cap a nticlockw ise and
remove.
10. When repla cing bulbs on the left-hand
sid e, close the cover of the fuse b ox .
When replacing bulbs on the right-hand
sid e, reattach the air hose to the air
filter.
196
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Haloge n headlight system,
parking lights
5. Remove side light b ulb mounting from
reflector.
8. Insert bulb socket in reflector.
1. Open bonnet and engage supp ort.
6. Remove bulb from socket.
2. When replacing bulb s on the left-hand
side, open the cov er of the fuse box.
7. I nsert new bulb, without touching the
gla ss.
10. Place headlight protec tiv e cov er in
position and close.
When rep la cing bulbs on the right-hand
side, d etach the air hose from the a ir
filter.
9. Attach connector to main beam bulb .
11. When repla cing bulbs on the left-hand
sid e, close the cover of the fuse b ox .
When replacing bulbs on the right-hand
sid e, reattach the air hose to the air
filter.
3. Rotate the main beam headlight cap
anticloc kwise and remove.
4. Detach p lug connector from main
bea m bulb.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
197
7. When repla cing bulbs on the left-hand
sid e, close the cover of the fuse b ox .
When replacing bulbs on the right-hand
sid e, reattach the air hose to the air
filter. Refit the filler neck of the
headlight w ash bottle 3.
Haloge n headlight system,
front indicator lights
4. Push b ulb into holder a little, rota te left
and remove.
1. Open bonnet and engage supp ort.
5. I nsert new bulb, without touching the
gla ss.
2. When replacing bulb s on the left-hand
side, open the cov er of the fuse box.
When rep la cing bulbs on the right-hand
side, d etach the air hose from the a ir
filter. Lift off the filler neck of the
headlight wa sh bottle 3.
6. Engage holder into reflector by rotating
to the right.
3. Rotate b ulb holder to left a nd
disengage.
198
www.comunidadCORSA.es
9. Place headlight protec tiv e cov er in
position and close.
10. When repla cing bulbs on the left-hand
sid e, close the cover of the fuse b ox .
When replacing bulbs on the right-hand
sid e, reattach the air hose to the air
filter. Refit the filler neck of the
headlight w ash bottle 3.
Ellipsoidal headlight sys tem ,
dipped be am
Headlight sy stem with sep arate bulbs for
dipped beam (inner bulb s) and m ain beam
(outer bulbs).
1. Open bonnet and engage supp ort.
2. When replacing bulb s on the left-hand
side, open the cov er of the fuse box.
When rep la cing bulbs on the right-hand
side, d etach the air hose from the a ir
filter. Lift off the filler neck of the
headlight wa sh bottle 3.
4. Detach plug connector from bulb.
5. Disengag e the spring wire clip from the
lugs and swivel it aside.
6. Remove bulb from reflector housing.
7. When fitting a new bulb, engage the
lugs in the recesses on the reflector
without touc hing the glass.
8. Engage spring wire clip, plug connector
onto bulb.
3. Rem ov e the headlight protective cover
by p ressing the catch and pulling the
cover downward and off.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
199
Ellipsoidal he adlight s yste m,
main be am , parking lights
We recommend that you have bulbs
changed by your Va ux ha ll Authorised
Repairer.
Ellipsoidal headlight sys tem ,
front indicator lights
4. Push b ulb into holder a little, rota te left
and remove.
1. Open bonnet and engage supp ort.
5. I nsert new bulb, without touching the
gla ss.
2. When replacing bulb s on the left-hand
side, open the cover of the fuse b ox . For
engine Z 13 DT 1 ), also pull the relay box
(in front of the fuse b ox ) up and out of
the guides.
When rep la cing bulbs on the right-hand
side, d etach the air hose from the a ir
filter.
3. Rotate b ulb holder to left a nd
disengage.
1)
6. Engage holder into reflector by rotating
to the right.
7. When replacing bulbs on the left-hand
side, c lose the cover of the fuse box. For
engine Z 13 DT 1), also position and
engage the relay box .
When replacing bulb s on the right-hand
side, rea ttac h the air hose to the air
filter.
Sa les desig nation – see pa ge 228.
200
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Xe non headlight system,
dipped be am
Xenon headlight system,
front indicator lights
4. Push bulb into holder a little, rotate left
and remove.
Headlight sy stem with sep arate bulbs for
dipped beam (inner bulb s) and m ain beam
(outer bulbs).
1. O pen bonnet and eng age support.
5. Insert new bulb, without touching the
glass.
The Xenon headlight dipp ed beam
op erates at very hig h voltage. Do not
touch the ignition system; danger to life.
We recomm end that you ha ve the b ulbs
cha nged by your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
2. When replacing bulbs on the left-hand
side, open the cover of the fuse box. For
engine Z 13 DT 1) , also pull the relay box
(in front of the fuse box) up and out of
the guides.
When replacing bulb s on the right-hand
side, detach the air hose from the air
filter.
3. Rotate bulb holder to left and
disenga ge.
1)
6. Engag e holder into reflector by rotating
to the right.
7. When repla cing bulbs on the left-hand
sid e, close the cover of the fuse box. For
engine Z 13 DT 1 ), also position and
engag e the relay box.
When replacing bulbs on the right-hand
sid e, reattach the air hose to the air
filter.
Sales d esigna tion – s ee p a ge 228.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
201
Ellipsoidal headlight sys tem ,
main beam, parking lights
We recommend that you have bulbs
changed by your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
Xe non headlight system,
main beam, parking lights
We recommend that you have bulbs
changed by your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
Fog lights 3
We recommend that you have bulbs
changed by your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
Fog tail light 3,
Corsa
We recommend that you have bulbs
changed by your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
202
Turn signal, brake, tail,
and revers ing lights ,
Corsa
1. Unscrew the two screws from the bulb
housing using a screwdriv er.
2. Pull bulb housing to rear so that it
disengages from the locking elem ents.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
3. Diseng age the cable connector using a
screwdriver and detach it from the b ulb
mounting.
4. Unscrew the four sc rews from the b ulb
mounting using a screwdriver. Detach
the bulb mounting from the housing.
Lights from top to bottom:
Ind icator light
Bra ke lig ht/rear light
Reversing light
Brake lights, rear lights, indicator
lights , reversing lights and
fog tail lights,
Combo
1. Disengage cover by pressing retaining
lugs and rem ove.
2. Detach plug connector from bulb
mounting.
3. Grip the bulb housing from the outside,
slack en the two knurled nuts using the
wheel bolt key and unscrew b y hand.
4. Detach bulb housing.
5. Remove bulb from socket.
6. Insert new bulb (without touc hing the
glass), fit bulb m ounting into housing
and secure w ith screws. Engage cable
connector, insert b ulb housing in v ehicle
body with fixing p ins and secure with
screws.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
203
5. Press reta ining lugs on bulb m ounting
together and remove bulb mounting, as
shown in illustration.
Lights from top to bottom:
Reversing light/brake light
Ind icator light
Reversing light
Fog tail light 1 )
Number plate light
Corsa
1. Insert screwd riv er vertically on righthand side of bulb housing , exert pressure
towards the right and disengage spring.
Remove the bulb housing downw ards.
6. Remove bulb from socket.
7. Insert new bulb, without touching the
glass. Engage bulb mounting in bulb
housing. Insert bulb housing into v ehicle
body. S crew fix ing nuts onto setsc rews
by hand and tig hten. Enga ge p lug
connector. Place cov er in position and
close.
1)
Co untry-specific versio n: Fog ta il light on left
only.
204
www.comunidadCORSA.es
2. Rotate bulb holder to left and
disengage.
3. Remove bulb from socket.
Comb o
4. Insert new bulb, without touching the
glass.
1. Unscrew b oth screw s. Remov e light
insert.
5. Rotate bulb m ounting clockwise and
engage. Insert bulb housing and
engage.
2. Press b ulb slightly towards spring clip
and rem ov e.
3. Insert new b ulb, without touching the
glass.
4. Insert light insert and secure using a
screwdriver.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
205
Courtes y light,
re ar reading lights 3,
luggage compartment lights
Close doors or hold down contact switch
before removing lights so that they are not
live.
1. Prise lig ht out of recess using a
screwdriver.
206
2. Press bulb slig htly towards spring c lip
and remove.
Front courte sy light and
reading lights 3
3. Insert new bulb, without touc hing the
glass.
C lose doors before rem oving lights so that
they are not liv e.
4. Insert light in opening a nd engage in
position.
1. Lever lens out of housing.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Instrum ent illumination,
information dis play illumination 3
We rec om mend that you have bulbs
cha ng ed b y your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
2. Remove bulb from socket.
3. Insert new bulb.
4. Mount lens and engage in position.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
207
If you have a problem
the department c oncerned.
The majority of areas of concern can be
quic kly resolved in this way.
Should you wish to pursue the matter
further, the Principal of the Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer should be made
aware of your concern. It is ad visab le in
cases such as this to write to him to confirm
your problem and the solutions that have
been offered.
In our ex perience the m ost comm on ca use
of all comp la ints is the result of
misundersta nding or la ck of
communication between the customer and
the Vauxhall Authorised Rep airer.
We sincerely hope you will nev er have
cause to c om plain about your vehicle.
However, if things do g o wrong, the b est
course of action for you to take is to
contact your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer’s Service Rec eption Staff and
explain the d ifficulty y ou are having. We
are confident they will do their utmost to
resolve the problem to y our comp lete
satisfaction.
Sometimes, however, despite the b est of
intentions of all c oncerned,
misundersta ndings can occur. If your
problem has not been resolv ed to your
satisfaction, please mak e an app ointment
to discuss the matter with the Manager of
208
You can be assured the Authorised
Repairer’s Principal w ill only be too anxious
to fully inv estigate y our prob lems and
correct any errors m ade. After a ll, he has a
large investm ent in his business and is
proud of his reputation and
professionalism and fully realises that
satisfied c ustomers are his k ey to success.
In the unlikely ev ent that you are still not
ha ppy with the answer your Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer has given, or the
action he prop oses to correct the problem,
you may conta ct the C ustomer Care
Department 1) w here a team of Custom er
Care Consultants will spare no effort to
ensure your complete satisfa ction.
Va uxhall Motors Lt d.
Customer Ca re,
Griffin House,
Osborne Road,
LUTO N,
Beds., LU1 3YT
Telep hone: 01582 427200
1)
Calls ma y be mo nito red and recorded fo r
tra in in g p urp oses.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
They w ill review all the facts involved. Then
if it is felt some further action can be tak en,
the Vauxhall Authorised Repairer will b e
adv ised accordingly. In any case, y our
contact will b e ac knowledged confirm ing
Vauxhall Motors’ position in the m atter.
If y ou are not satisfied with the outcome,
y ou ca n if you wish, seek advice from an
independent third p arty suc h as:
Autom obile Association (A. A. )
Fanum House,
BASI NGSTO KE,
Hants., R G21 2EA
Royal Autom obile Cl ub (R.A.C .),
R.A. C. M otoring S ervices Ltd.,
89-91 Pall Mall,
LON DON , SW1Y S 45
The Customer Relations Dep artment,
Soc iet y of Mot or Manufact ur ers and
Trad ers Ltd. (S .M.M. T.),
Forbes House, H alkin Street,
LON DON , SW1X 7DS
C ustomer Complaints Service,
Sc ottish Motor Tra de Associ ation,
(S. M.T.A.),
3 Palmerston Place,
EDINBURGH, EH 12 5AQ
The National Conciliation Serv ice,
Retai l Motor I ndust ry Federation,
9 North Street,
RUGBY , C V21 2AB
I f you hav e a problem w hilst ab road:
The Service Departm ents of Adam Op el AG
and General M otors branches every where
will provid e information and assistance:
O pel Austria Vertriebs GmbH
Groß-Enzersdorfer S tr. 59
1220 Vi enna – Austria
Tel. 01-2 88 77 444 or 01-2 88 77 0
O pel Belgium N. V.
Prins Boudewijnlaa n 30
2550 Konti ch – Belgium
Tel. 03-4 50 63 11
O pel C & S spol. s. r. o.
Na Pank ráci 26
140 00 Pra gue 4 – Czech R epub lic
Tel. 02-61 21-88 21
General Motors Da nm ark
Jaegersborg Alle 4
2920 Charlot tenl und – Denmark
Tel. 39 97 85 00
Vauxhall Motors Ltd.
Customer C are
Griffin H ouse, Osborne Road
Luton, Bedfordshire, LU1 3YT – Eng land
Tel. 0 15 82-42 72 00
General Motors Finland O y
Pajuniity ntie 5
00320 Helsink i – Finland
Tel. Helsinki 61 58 81
General Motors France
1 – 9, avenue du Marais
Angle Q uai de Bezons
95101 Ar gent euil Cedex – Franc e
Tel. 1-34 26 30 00
ADAM O PEL AG
Bahnhofsplatz 1
65423 Rüsselsheim – Germany
Tel. 0 61 42-77 50 00 or 0 61 42-7 70
General Motors Hellas S.A.
56 K ifisias Avenue & Delfon str.
Am arousion
151 25 Athens – Greece
Tel. 1-6 80 65 01
Opel Southeast Europe Ltd .
Szabad sag utc a 117
2040 Buda örs – Hungary
Tel. 06-23 446 100
General Motors India
Sixth Floor, Tow er A
Glob al Business Park
Mehrauli – Gurgaon Road
Gurgaon 122 022, Ha ryana – Indi a
Tel. 0124 280 3333
Opel Irela nd Ltd.
Opel House, Unit 60, Heather Road
Sandyford, Dubli n 18 – I rel and
Tel. 01-216 10 00
Opel Italia S .p.A.
Piaz zale dell’Industria 40
00144 Rome – I taly
Tel. 06-5 46 51
For Luxemb ourg – contact
Opel Service Department in
Kontich – Belgium
Opel Nederland B.V.
Lage Mosten 49 – 63
4822 N K Breda – Netherlands
Tel 0 76-5 44 88 00
General Motors Norge AS
Kjeller-Vest 6
2027 Kjeller – N or way
Tel. 23 50 01 04
www.comunidadCORSA.es
General Motors Poland Sp. z o. o.
Domaniewsk a 41
06- 672 Wa rsa w – Pola nd
Tel. 0 22-606 17 00
General Motors Portugal
Q uinta da Fonte
Edific ío Fernão Magalhães, Piso 2
2780-190 Paço d’ Arcos – Portugal
Tel. 21 440 75 00
O pel España de Autom óv iles S.A.
Paseo de la Castellana, 91
28046 Madrid – Sp ain
Tel. 902 25 00 25
S aab O pel Sverig e AB
Esboga ta n 8
164 74 Kista – Sw eden
Tel. 08-632 85 00
General Motors Suisse S.A.
S alzhausstra ße 21
2501 Biel/Bienne – S witzerland
Tel. 0848 810 820 or 0 32-3 21 51 11
O pel Türkiy e Ltd. S ti.
K emalp asa yolu üzeri
35861 Torb ali / Izmi r – Turkey
Tel. 02 32-8 53-14 53
In Al bania, Bosnia -Her zegovi na ,
Bulga ria, C roatia , Macedonia ,
Rom ania, S lovenia and Yugosla via
please contact the Opel
S ervice Depa rtm ent in Budaörs – Hungary
Tel. 00 36-23 446 100
209
Maintenance,
inspection System
The service interval display takes acc ount
of off-the-road periods during which the
battery is disconnected.
Further information on maintenance and
the inspection system can be found in the
service booklet, which is in the glove
compa rtm ent.
In ord er to guarantee economical and sa fe
vehic le operation a nd to maintain the
value of your vehicle, it is of vital
importance tha t all maintenance work is
carried out at the p roper intervals as
specified by Vauxhall.
This rem aining distance can be shown on
the speedometer display w ith the ignition
off and the mileage odometer off: Press the
actuating knob und er the odometer, InsP
and the remaining dista nce will b e
display ed.
The oil c hange and serv ice interv als are
flex ible, based on a numb er of different
param eters and the conditions under
which the v ehicle is used. Various enginespecific da ta is c ontinuously record ed a nd
used to ca lc ulate the remaining distance
until the nex t service is due.
If the remaining dista nce is less than 1000
miles (1500 km), I nsP is displayed w ith a
remaining distanc e of 600 miles (1000 km)
when the ig nition is sw itched on. I nsP is
display ed for several second s if the
remaining distance is less than 300 miles
(500 km ). Have the serv ice work that is due
carried out within one week or 300 miles
(500 km). H ave this work c arried out by a
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer in order to
avoid loss of wa rranty claims.
210
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Hav e maintena nce work, as well as repairs
to the b odywork and units, ca rried out by a
professional. We recommend your
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer, who is
familiar w ith Vauxhall v ehicles and in
possession of the necessary special tools
and the latest service instructions from
Vauxhall. In order to avoid inva lid ation of
any warranty claim, it is espec ially
important to entrust work to a Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer during the wa rra nty
period . For further information, see the
S ervice Booklet.
Sepa rate anti-c orrosion serv ice
Hav e this service performed once a year,
either as part of an Annual Insp ection or
sepa ra tely; see Servic e Booklet. To avoid
invalidation of any warranty claim aga inst
rust-through, we recomm end that y ou
consult your Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.
Checking and topping up fluids
The ca ps for topping up the engine oil, the
coolant, the washing fluid and the oil
dipstick handle are yellow for ease of
identification.
A note on safety
Always switch ignition off when performing
check s in the engine compartment (e.g.
check ing the b ra ke fluid level or the eng ine
oil lev el) due to risk of injury from liv e
cables and rotating parts.
The cooling fan is controlled by a
thermo-switch a nd can therefore start
unexpectedly even if the ignition is
switched off. Risk of injury.
Nev er ca rry out any repairs or a djustment
and maintenance work on the vehicle
yourself. This especially applies to the
engine, cha ssis a nd safety parts. Y ou m ay
unwittingly infringe the provisions of the
law and, by not performing the work
prop erly, endanger yourself and other
road users.
Elec tronic ig nition system s genera te very
high v oltag es. Do not touch the ignition
system ; high voltage can be fatal.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
211
Engine oil
Information on engine oils is available in
the S ervice Booklet.
Eng ine oi l level and consum ption
All engines c onsume oil for technica l
rea sons. The engine oil consump tion ca n
only be assessed after d riv ing a long
distance, and may be above the specified
value during the initial stage (run-in
period). Frequent driving a t hig h revs
causes oil consumption to increa se.
Therefore, chec k the engine oil level,
particularly before undertak ing a long
journey.
212
Engine oil l ev el chec k,
topping up engine oil
The illustrations show chec king and
top ping up of various petrol and diesel
engines.
The oil lev el m ust be check ed with the
vehicle horizontal and with the engine
(w hich m ust be at operating temp erature)
switched off. Wait at least five minutes
before checking the level to allow the
normal oil accumulation in the engine to
drain back into the oil pan.
Im porta nt : I t is the owner’s responsibility
to maintain the proper level of an
appropriate quality oil in the engine.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
To chec k the oil level, wipe oil d ip stick and
insert up to stop on handle. Top up if the oil
level is near the MI N m ark.
The oil level must not go above the upper
ma rk MAX on the dipstick. Ex cess oil must
be dra ined or extracted by suction. If the oil
level does go above the mark MAX there is
a risk of damage to the engine or ca ta ly tic
converter.
The amount filled must be between the
MI N and MA X marks – see pag e 248.
When topping up, use the same type of oil
as used during the la st oil chang e and pay
strict attention to the instructions in the
Service Booklet.
Ca pacities – see p age 248.
Oil c hange, oil fil ter change
Change the oil at the disp la yed service
intervals.
We rec om mend that you use genuine
Vauxhall oil filters.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Used oil filters and empty oil containers
should not be disp osed of as domestic
refuse. We recomm end that y ou entrust
oil and oil filter changes to a Va ux ha ll
Authorised Repa irer, who is familiar with
legal requirem ents reg arding disposa l of
used oil and can thus help to p rotect
both the env ironment and your hea lth.
213
Diese l fue l filter
Coolant
Check fuel filter for a ny w ater residue when
each engine oil cha ng e tak es place. We
recom mend tha t you consult your Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer.
During operation the system is pressurised.
The temp erature ma y therefore rise briefly
to ov er 100 °C.
Hav e filter checked at shorter intervals in
the c ase of ex treme opera ting conditions
suc h a s high humidity (prima rily in coastal
areas), extremely high or low outside
tem peratures and substantially varying
day tim e a nd nig ht-time tem peratures.
The glycol-ba sed coolant provides
exc ellent corrosion protection for the
heating and cooling systems as well as
anti-freeze protection down to ap prox .
–28 ° C. I t rema ins in the cooling system
throughout the year and need not b e
cha ng ed.
Use of certain a nti-freezes ca n lead to
engine dam age. We therefore rec om mend
the use of anti-freezes that have been
approved by Vauxhall.
Anti-freeze is a da nger to health; it must
therefore be kept in the original
container and out of the reach of
children.
Anti -freeze a nd corrosion prot ect ion
Before the sta rt of the cold weather season,
have the coolant checked for correct
concentration. We recommend that you
consult your Vauxhall Authorised Repa irer.
The anti-freeze concentration must
provide p rotection down to approx. –28 ° C.
If the anti-freeze concentration is too low ,
this reduces p rotection from freezing and
corrosion. Add anti-freeze if nec essary .
If c oolant loss is topped up with wa ter,
have concentration checked and a dd antifreeze if necessary.
214
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Top up anti-freeze. I f no anti-freeze is
available, top up w ith c lean tap water. If
tap water is unav ailable, distilled water
can be used.
After topping up w ith tap or distilled water,
ha ve the anti-freez e concentration
checked, a nd anti-freeze added if
necessary. H ave the cause of the coolant
loss remedied. We recommend that you
consult your Vaux hall Authorised Rep airer.
When closing, tighten coola nt filler cap as
fa r as it will go.
Coola nt level
Hardly any losses occur since the cooling
system is sealed and it is thus rarely
necessary to top up the c oolant.
C ool ant temp era ture
For physical reasons, the engine
temperature gauge shows the coolant
temperature only if the coolant level is
adequate.
During operation the system is pressurised.
The tem perature may therefore rise to ov er
100 ° C.
If the temp erature g auge enters the red
zone, check the coolant level immediately.
z Low coolant level:
Top up coolant. Pay attention to the
instructions giv en under "Anti-freeze and
corrosion protection" and " Coolant
level". Have the cause of coolant loss
remedied . We recommend that you
consult your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
z Coolant level O K:
Have the c ause of inc reased coolant
temperature remed ied. Contact a
workshop. We rec om mend that you
consult your Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer.
The c oolant in the compensation tank
should b e slightly above the mark
KALT/CO LD with the cooling sy stem cold. It
rises when the engine is wa rm and falls
again as it c ools. If it drop s b elow the
marking in this case, it should be topped up
to a level just abov e the marking.
Allow engine to cool d ow n before
removing coola nt filler ca p. Remove filler
cap carefully so that p ressure can
escape slowly, otherwise there is a risk of
scalding.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
215
Brake fluid
Windscre en wiper
Brake fluid is hy groscopic, i. e. it ab sorbs
water. If the brakes b ecome hot, suc h as
when d riv ing on long downhill stretches,
vap our bubb les can occur in the w ater,
which can have an extrem ely adverse
effect on braking power (depending on the
proportion of w ater).
Clea r vision is essential for safe driv ing.
The fluid change intervals specified in the
Service Booklet m ust therefore be
observed.
We recom mend that y ou ha ve brake
fluid changed by a Va ux ha ll Authorised
Repairer, who will be familiar with the
requirements of the law as regards
disposal of brake fluid and can thus help
to protect the environment and your
health.
216
The cleaning effect of the windscreen wiper
and the windscreen washing sy stem 3
should therefore be checked at regular
intervals. We recommend repla cing the
wiper b la des at least once a yea r.
If the windscreen is dirty, operate the
screen wash before switching on the
wind screen wiper or setting the w iper to
autom atic opera tion w ith the rain sensor 3 .
This will av oid wiper blade wear.
Do not switch on the wind screen wiper or
set them to automa tic operation with the
ra in sensor 3 if the windscreen is iced up as
this could dama ge the wiper b la des or the
wiper system .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
If the wiper bec om es frozen on to the glass,
we rec om mend that they be released with
the aid of Vauxhall De-icer Spray .
S mearing wiper blades c an be cleaned with
a soft c loth and Vauxhall Clea ning S olv ent
and Anti-Freez e.
Wiper blades whose lips have become
hardened, crack ed or covered with silicone
must be replac ed. This may be necessary
as a result of the effects of ic e, thawing salt
or hea t, or the incorrect use of cleaning
agents.
S witc h off w indscreen wiper or autom atic
wiper system w ith rain sensor 3 in ca r
washes – see pages 17, 222.
Windscreen wiper blade maintenance – see
pag e 224.
To ensure proper operation of the ra in
sensor 3, the sensor a rea must be free from
dust, dirt and ice. The windscreen w ash
system m ust also be operated at regular
intervals and the sensor a rea m ust be deiced. Vehicles with rain sensor 3 ca n be
identified by the sensor area near the top
of the w indscreen.
Wi per blad es on the wind sc reen
Lift wiper arm. Move relea se lev er and
detach w ip er blad e.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Wiper bl ade on the rear wind ow 3
Lift wiper arm. Disengage wiper blade as
show n in illustration a nd remove.
217
Winds creen and headlight
wash systems 3
Reservoir for wind screen wash and rear
windscreen wash at driver’ s side in engine
compartment.
In vehicles with head lig ht washing
system 3, the filler opening is in the engine
compartment behind the right-hand
head lig ht – see Fig. 14246 S .
Fill only with clean w ater to prevent the
nozzles from clogging. To improve
cleaning efficiency, we recommend that
you add a little Vauxhall Wind screen Wash
Solvent.
218
The windscreen wash system and
headlight wash system w ill not freeze in
winter:
Frost protection
down to
– 5 °C
M ix ture – Vauxhall
Windscreen Wash
S olv ent: Water
1 :3
– 10 °C
– 20 °C
1 :2
1 :1
– 30 °C
2 :1
When closing the container, press the lid
firmly over the beaded ed ge a ll the way
round.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Battery
The battery is m aintenance-free.
We recom mend ha ving the ba ttery
chang e ca rried out by a Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer, who will be fam ilia r
with the requirements of the law as
regards disposa l of old batteries and
can thus help to p rotect the env ironment
and your health.
Retrofitted electrical or electronic
acc essories can p lace an additional load
on the battery or even discha rg e the
battery. We recom mend that y ou consult a
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer regarding
technical possibilities, suc h as fitting a
more powerful battery.
Parking the vehicle for more than 4 weeks
can lead to ba ttery discharging. This may
red uce the service life of the b attery.
Disconnect battery from on-board power
sup ply by disconnecting the neg ativ e
term inal (Vauxhall alarm sy stem 3 is then
disabled ).
Protecting electronic com pone nts
In order to prevent faults in electronic
components in the electrica l sy stem, nev er
connect or disconnect battery with engine
running or ignition switched on. Never start
engine w ith b attery disconnected, e.g.
when starting using jump leads.
Ensure that ignition is switched off before
connecting battery. Then perform the
follow ing actions:
To av oid damaging the vehic le, d o not
ma ke a ny modifications to the electrical
system, e. g. c onnec ting additional
consum ers or tampering with electronic
control units (chip tuning).
Electronic ignition system s generate very
hig h voltages. Do not touch the ignition
sy stem; high voltage can b e fatal.
Disconnect/connec t vehicle ba ttery fr om/
to electri cal system
Disconnect the b attery from the vehic le
electrical system before charging : First
detach the negative and then the positive
lead. Do not reverse the polarity of the
battery, i. e. do not confuse the terminals
for the p ositive and neg ativ e leads. When
connecting, sta rt with the positiv e lead and
then c onnec t the neg ative lead.
z Set da te and time in information d isplay
– see page 38.
z If necessary, activate window
elec tronics 3. See pag e 104.
z Calibrate steering angle sensor (ESP) 3 –
see pa ge 149.
In order to prev ent the b attery from
discharging , som e c onsumers suc h as the
courtesy light automatically switch off
after approx. 30 minutes.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
219
Ve hicle decom mis sioning
O bserve na tional regulations.
If the vehicle is decomm issioned for several
months, the follow ing work must be ca rried
out in order to prevent damage. We
recom mend tha t you consult your Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer.
z Wash and preserve the vehicle – see
page 222.
z Check protective coating in engine
com partment a nd on underbody a nd
rectify where necessary .
z Clean and preserv e rubber seals on
bonnet and doors.
Vehicle storag e
z Park v ehicle in dry and well-ventilated
premises. With manua l transmission,
eng age first gear or reverse gear. With
Easy tronic 3 , place selector lever in mid
position b efore switching off ignition.
With autom atic transmission 3, place
selector lever in P. Place wheel choc ks or
suc hlike under wheels to prev ent vehic le
from rolling away .
z Do not apply hand brake.
z Disconnect battery by disengaging
neg ativ e terminal from vehicle electrical
system – see page 218.
O bserve national regulations.
Perform the following work before
recommissioning the vehicle:
z Connect ba ttery – see page 218.
z Check tyre pressure and correc t if
necessary. See pag e 243.
z Fill up w indscreen wash system – see
page 218.
z Check engine oil level – see p age 212.
z Check the coolant level ; top up with antifreez e if necessa ry – see pa ge 215.
z Fit the num ber p la te if necessary .
z Change engine oil – see page 213.
z Check anti-freeze and c orrosion
protection – see page 214.
z Check the coola nt level, top up with antifreeze if nec essary – see pag e 215.
z Empty windsc reen w ash system and
headlight wash system.
z Inc rease ty re pressure to value sp ecified
for m aximum load – see page 243.
220
V ehicle recomm issioning
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Vehicle care
Obtain adv ice from a Vauxhall Authorised
Repairer regarding cleaning materials tha t
ha ve b een tested a nd recomm ended by
Vauxhall.
When caring for your vehicle, observe all
na tional environm ental reg ulations,
particula rly when wa shing it.
Regular, thorough care helps to improve
the appearance of your vehicle and
maintain its v alue over the y ears. It is a lso
a prerequisite for warranty claims for any
paint or corrosion damag e. The following
pages contain tips for vehicle care which, if
used properly , will help combat the
unav oida ble d amaging effects of the
environment.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
V ehicle care aids 3
Vehicle wash:
z Wa sh brush
z Shampoo
z Sponge
z Insect Removal S ponge
z Chamois
Vehicle care:
z Paintwork Clea ner
z Paintwork Polish
z Metallic Paintwork Wax
z Hard wa x
z Vauxhall Touch-Up Paint
z Vauxhall Touch-Up / Aerosol Paint
z Wheel Preserver
z Tar Rem ov er
z Insect Remover
z Window Cleaner,
z Vauxhall Windscreen Wa sh S olv ent
z Silicone O il for Rubber Sea ls
z Cleaner
221
Washing
The paintwork of your v ehicle is exposed to
env ironmenta l influences, e. g. continuous
changes in weather conditions, ind ustrial
waste gases and dust or tha wing sa lts, so
wash and wax your v ehicle regularly. When
using a utoma tic car washes, select a
programme which includes wax ing.
Bird droppings, dead insects, resin, pollen
and the like should be cleaned off
immediately , as they contain aggressive
constituents which can cause paint
dam age.
When using c ar washes, follow the relevant
instructions of the car wash facility. The
windscreen wiper or a utomatic wiper
system w ith rain sensor 3 and the rea r
window wiper 3 m ust be switched off – see
page 18. Remove the aerial 3 and the roof
rack 3.
Clea n edges and folds on op ened doors
and flaps as well a s the area s they cover.
Thoroughly rinse off and leather-off the
vehicle. Rinse leather frequently . Use
separate leathers for paint and w indow
surfaces: remnants of wax on the wind ow s
will impair vision.
Observ e national regulations.
Waxing
Wax your vehicle regularly, in pa rticular
after it has been washed using shampoo
and at the latest when wa ter no longer
forms beads on the pa intwork, otherwise
the paintwork will d ry out.
Also wax edg es a nd folds on op ened doors
and flaps as well a s the area s they cover.
If y ou w ash y our v ehicle by hand, make
sure that the insides of the wing s a re also
thoroughly rinsed out.
222
www.comunidadCORSA.es
P olishing
Polishing is necessary only if the pa int has
become dull or if solid deposits hav e
become attached to it.
Paintwork polish with silicone forms a
protec tiv e film, making w axing
unnecessary.
Plastic body parts should not be treated
with wax and polish.
Use Metallic Paintwork Wax on vehicles
with a metallic-effect paint finish.
Whe els
Use a pH-neutral w heel c leaning agent to
clean the wheels.
Wheels a re painted and ca n be treated
with the same ag ents as the body. For alloy
wheels we recomm end use of Alloy Wheel
Preserv er.
Paintwork damage
Plastic and rubber parts
Interior and upholste ry
Repair small area s of p aint damage suc h
as stone impacts, scratches etc.
immediately using a n Vauxhall touch-up
applicator or Vauxhall sp ra y and touch-up
paint before rust can form . If rust has
alrea dy formed, ha ve the c ause remedied.
We recommend that you consult y our
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer. Please also
pay attention to surfaces and edg es
beneath the v ehicle where which rust ma y
have form ed unnoticed for some time.
If the carw ash does not c lean plastic and
rubb er parts adequately , use cleaner
suitable for vehicle interiors. Do not use a ny
other agent, and in particular do not use
solvents or petrol.
C lean the vehicle interior, including the
instrument panel fascia, using interior
cleaner.
Do not use high-pressure jet clea ners on
wheels and tyres.
Wheels and tyres
Do not use high-pressure jet clea ners on
wheels and tyres.
Tar spots
Tar spots must not be rem oved with ha rd
objects, b ut instead immediately cleaned
off with Tar Removal S pray. Do not use tar
rem ov al spray on headlight and other
exterior light bezels.
C lean fabric upholstery w ith a vacuum
cleaner and brush. To remove stains, use
cleaner tha t is suitable for both fabrics and
vinyl.
Do not use cleaning agents suc h as
acetone, c arbon tetrachlorid e, paint
thinner, paint remover, nail varnish
remover, washing pow der or b leach to
clean fabrics, carpets, the dashboard or
leather trim 3 in the vehicle interior.
Benzine is also unsuita ble.
Seat belts
Alway s k eep seat b elts clean a nd dry.
C lean only with lukewarm w ater or Cleaner.
Exterior lights
Headlight and other protective lig ht bezels
are made of plastic. If they require
additional cleaning after the vehicle has
been washed, clea n them with C ar
Shamp oo. Do not use any ab ra sive or
caustic agents, do not use an ice scraper,
and do not clean them dry.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
223
Windows
Windscre en wiper blades
Engine compartme nt
When cleaning the heated rea r window 3,
mak e sure tha t the heating element on the
inside of the wind ow is not d amaged.
Wax such as the wax used in car w ashes
can cause smearing on the windscreen
when the w indscreen wiper is switched on.
Use a soft lint-free cloth or chamois leather
in conjunction with Wind ow Cleaner and
Insect Remover.
Smearing wiper blades can be c leaned with
a soft cloth a nd Vauxhall Cleaning Solvent
and Anti-Freeze, and replaced if necessary
– see page 216.
C lean painted surfaces in the engine
compa rtm ent like any other painted
surfac e. For best results, wash and w ax the
eng ine compartm ent before and after
winter. Before washing the engine, cover
the alternator and brake fluid reserv oir
with plastic sheeting.
Vauxhall C leaning S olvent and Anti-Freeze
is suitable for de-icing wind ow s.
For mechanical removal of ice, use a
commercially a vailable sharp-edged ice
scraper. Press the sc ra per firmly against
the g lass so that no dirt can get und er it
and scratch the glass.
Locks
The locks are lubricated with a hig h-grad e
lock cylinder grease at the fac tory .
Vauxhall lock cylinder grease prevents the
lock s from freezing up. O nly use de-ic ing
agent in emerg encies, a s they have a
degreasing effect a nd will impair the
function of the locks. After using a de-icing
agent, hav e the locks re-greased. We
recommend that you entrust this to y our
Vauxhall Authorised Repairer.
When washing the engine with a steam -jet
cleaner, d o not direct the steam jet at
components of the Anti-lock Brak e
S ystem 3 , the a utoma tic air conditioning
system 3 or the belt drive and its
components.
Protective wax that has been applied is
also rem ov ed during the engine wash. For
this reason, have the engine, brake sy stem
components in the engine c om partment,
ax le components with steering , body parts
and c avities thoroughly preserved with
protec tiv e w ax after the wash. We
recommend that y ou consult y our Vauxhall
Authorised Repa irer.
An eng ine wash can be performed in the
spring in order to remove dirt that has
adhered to the engine compartment,
which ma y also have a high salt content.
C heck protective wax layer and make good
if nec essary .
Do not use high-pressure jet c leaners on
wheels and tyres.
224
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Underbody
Folding roof 3
Your vehicle has a fa ctory -applied PVC
undercoating in the wheel arches
(includ ing the longitudinal members) w hich
provides permanent protection and needs
no special m aintenance. The surfaces of
the vehicle underbody not covered b y PVC
are provided with a durable protective w ax
coating in critical areas.
The operation, ap pearance and service life
of the folding roof mainly depend on
correct opera tion and cleaning.
O n vehicles which are washed frequently in
automatic car washes with underbody
washing facility , the protective wax
coating may be imp aired by dirt-dissolving
additives, so check the underbody after
washing and have it wax ed if necessary.
Before the start of the cold weather season,
check the PVC coating and protective wax
coating and, if necessary, hav e them
restored to perfec t cond ition.
Brush clea n in front to rear direction using
soft brush (dry ).
Rinse with clean w ater.
In case of heavy soiling: brush roof in one
direction with car shampoo and lukewarm
water. Rinse with clean w ater.
Alw ays wash the entire roof.
Allow wet roof to dry - keep c losed .
z Do not use high-pressure jet c leaners on
wheels a nd tyres.
z Remov e bird droppings im med ia tely.
z Do not use aggressive cleaning agents
or stain removers.
z With roof open, clean slide rails a nd
sliding p arts and grease with acid-free
grease once per annum . C lean rubber
parts as described in "Plastic and Rubber
Parts" – page 223.
z Check wind deflector water drains for
blockages and clean if necessary.
z Do not remove snow and ice using sharp
objects.
Ca ution – com mercially available bitumen/
rubber materials can d amage the PVC
coating. We recomm end that y ou hav e
underbody work carried out by a Vaux hall
Authorised Repairer, who knows the
prescribed materials a nd has experience in
the use thereof.
The underbody should be washed
follow ing the end of the cold w eather
season to remove any dirt adhering to the
underbody , since this may also c ontain
salt. Check protective wax coating a nd , if
necessary, have it restored to p erfect
condition.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
225
Technical Data
Vehicle docum ents,
identification plate
The tec hnical d ata is determined in accordance w ith European C ommunity standards. We reserve the right to ma ke m odifica tions. Sp ecifications in the vehicle docum ents alway s have priority over those given in this manual.
The identification plate is affix ed to the
front right door frame.
226
www.comunidadCORSA.es
In other versions the ty pe plate is attached
to the right spring strut dome in the engine
compa rtm ent.
Coolant, brake fluid, oils
When topping up
– coola nt,
– brake fluid,
– manual transmission oil,
– autom atic transmission oil
we rec om mend that you consult your
Vauxhall Authorised Rep airer, who can advise you on the correct products to use.
C aution: Use of unsuitable fluids can cause
serious damage to the vehicle.
Engine oils
Information on engine oils is availab le in
the Serv ice Booklet.
Information on id entific ation p la te:
Vehicle identification data
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
The vehic le identification number is
stamp ed on the id entific ation pla te and in
the vehicle floor on the right-hand sid e under a cover between the front pa ssenger
door and seat.
Manufacturer
Ty pe approval number
Vehicle identification number
Permissible gross vehicle w eight
Permissible gross train weight
Maximum permissible front axle load
Maximum permissible rear axle load
Vehicle-sp ecific or
country-specific d ata
In other design v ariants, the identification
plate m ay also be affixed to the d ashboard.
Engine c od e and engine number. Ma rk ed
on engine b lock at left side of engine in
petrol engines, and beneath diesel injection pump at right side of engine in diesel
engines.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
227
Engine data
Sales designation
Eng ine identifier code
1. 0 TWIN PO RT
Z 10 XEP
1.2 TWIN PORT
Z 12 XEP
1.4
Z 14 XE
1.4 TWINPOR T
Z 14 XEP
1.8
Z 18 XE
Numb er of cylinders
3
4
4
4
4
Bore dia. (mm )
73.4
73.4
77.6
73. 4
80.5
78.6
72.6
73.4
80, 6
88.2
998
1229
1389
1364
1796
Max . engine outp ut (k W)
at rpm
44
5600
59
5600
66
6000
66
5600
92
6000
Torque (Nm )
at rpm
88
3800
110
4000
125
4000
125
4000
165
4600
10.5
10.5
10.5
10. 5
10.5
95 (P)2 )
98 (PP) 2)
91 (R) 2 )3)
95 (P)2 )
98 (PP) 2)
91 (R) 2 )3)
95 (P) 2 )
98 (PP) 2 )
91 (R) 2)3 )
95 (P) 2)
98 (PP) 2 )
91 (R) 2 )3 )
95 (P)2 )
98 (PP) 2)
91 (R) 2 )3)
–
Max . permissible engine speed,
continuous operation (rpm)
approx.
6200
6200
6500
6200
6500
O il consumption (l/1000 km)
0. 6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
Stroke (mm)
Piston displacement
(cm 3)
Com pression ratio
O ctane requirement
unleaded
or unleaded
or unleaded
1)
2)
3)
(RO N) 1 )
Stan da rd high-q uality fuels , e.g . unlea ded DIN EN 228; value p rinted in b old: reco mmend ed fuel.
Kn ock contro l s ys tem a utoma tically a d jus ts ig nition tim ing a ccording to typ e o f fuel used (octa ne nu mber).
Slight reduction in engine ou tp ut a nd to rq ue if 91 R ON is used .
228
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Engine data
Sales designation
Eng ine identifier code
1.3 C DTI
Z 13 DT
1.7 DT
Y 17 DTL
1.7 C DTI
Z 17 DTH
Numb er of cylinders
4
4
4
Bore dia. (mm )
69,6
79.0
79.0
82.0
86.0
86.0
1248
1686
1686
Max . engine outp ut (k W)
at rpm
51
4000
48
4400
74
4400
Torque (Nm )
at rpm
170
1750 to 2500
130
2000 to 3000
240
2300
18.0
18.4
18.4
Stroke (mm)
Piston displacement
(cm 3)
Com pression ratio
Cetane requirement
(CN) 1 )
49
(D)2)
49
(D) 2)
49 (D) 2)
Max . permissible engine speed,
continuous operation (rpm) approx.
5100 to 5300
5100 to 5300
5050 to 5150
O il consumption (l/1000 km)
0.6
0.6
0.6
1)
2)
Stan da rd qu ality fuels, e.g . Diesel D IN EN 590; D = Diesel; va lu e in bold = reco mmen ded fuel.
A lo wer va lue is pos sib le with w inter diesel fu els.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
229
Pe rform ance (ap prox . mp h;km/h1 )) , Corsa
Eng ine 2 )
Z 10 XEP EC O3 )
Z 10 XEP
Z 12 XEP
Z 14 XE
Max imum speed
5-speed ma nual transmission
Sports transmission
Easytronic
Automatic transmission
–
–
98;159
–
–
97; 156
97; 156
–
–
108;175
108;175
–
–
–
–
106;170
Eng ine 2 )
Z 14 XEP
Z 18 XE
Z 13 DT
Z 17 DTH
Max imum speed
5-speed ma nual transmission
Sports transmission
Easytronic
Automatic transmission
–
111;179
110;177
–
–
126;202
–
–
165
–
103;165
–
188
–
–
–
Eng ine 2 )
Z 14 XEP
Z 13 DT
Y 17 DTL
Z 17 DTH
Max imum speed
5-speed ma nual transmission
102;164
92; 150
91;147
106;170
Driving values (approx. km/h 1)) , Com bo
1)
2)
3)
The ma xim um s peed is a ch ieva ble with a m aximum of h alf p ayloa d. Optiona l eq uipm ent m ay reduce th e specified m aximum speed of the vehicle.
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
Usa ge-optimised eq uipm ent version, in conjunction with En gine Z 10 XEP.
230
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Fuel cons umption,
CO2 e miss ions
Directive 80/1268/EEC (last c hanged by
1999/100/EC) has applied for the measurement of fuel consumption sinc e 1996.
The direc tiv e is oriented to actual driving
practices: Urban driv ing is rated at approx.
1/ and off-road driving with ap prox . 2 /
3
3
(urban a nd ex tra-urban c onsumption).
Cold starts and acceleration phases are
also tak en into consideration.
The specification of CO 2 emission is also a
constituent of the directive.
The figures given m ust not be taken as a
guarantee for the actual fuel consumption
of a p artic ular vehicle.
The calculation of fuel consumption as
spec ified by directive 1999/100/EC takes
acc ount of the vehicle’s k erb weight, ascertained in accordance with the said regula tion. O ptional extras ma y result in slig htly
higher fuel consump tion and CO 2 emission
levels than those quoted.
To convert 1/100km into m pg, div id e 282
by num ber of litres/100km.
S ave fuel, protec t the env ironment –
see page 140.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
231
Fuel cons umption, CO2 emission
Corsa
Eng ine 1 )
Manual/S ports/Easytronic/Automatic
transm ission
Fuel consumption (approx. l/100 km )
Urban
Ex tra-urb an
Com bined
CO 2 emission (app rox . g/km)
Urban
Ex tra-urb an
Com bined
Eng ine 1 )
Manual/S ports/Easytronic/Automatic
transm ission
Fuel consumption (approx. l/100 km )
Urban
Ex tra-urb an
Com bined
CO 2 emission (app rox . g/km)
Urban
Ex tra-urb an
Com bined
1)
2)
Z 10 XEP
ECO 2 )
Z 10 XEP
Z 12 XEP
Z 14 XE
–/–/ 6, 3/–
–/–/ 3, 9/–
–/–/ 4, 8/–
–/ 6, 9/ 6,7/–
–/ 4, 4/ 4,3/–
–/ 5, 3/ 5,2/–
– / 7,8/ 6,8/–
– / 4,6/ 4,4/–
– / 5,8/ 5,3/–
–/–/– /10, 4
–/–/– / 5,8
–/–/– / 7,5
–/–/151/–
–/–/ 94/–
–/–/115/–
– /166/161/–
– /106/103/–
– /127/125/–
– /187/163/–
– /110/106/–
– /139/127/–
–/–/– / 250
–/–/– / 139
–/–/– / 180
Z 14 XEP
Z 18 XE
Z 13 DT
Z 17 DTH
–/ 7,9/ 7,7/–
–/ 4,7/ 4,5/–
–/ 5,9/ 5,7/–
–/10,8/–/–
–/ 5, 6/–/–
–/ 7, 5/–/–
5,7/–/ 5,5/–
3,8/– / 3,7/–
4,5/– / 4,4/–
6,3/–/–/–
3, 8/–/–/–
4, 7/–/–/–
–/190/185/–
–/113/108/–
–/142/137/–
–/ 259/–/–
–/ 134/–/–
–/ 179/–/–
154/–/149/–
103/–/100/–
122/–/119/–
170/– /–/–
108/– /–/–
127/– /–/–
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
Usa ge-optimised eq uipm ent version, in conjunction with En gine Z 10 XEP.
232
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Fuel cons umption, CO2 Emission
Combo
Eng ine 1 )
Manual transm ission
Fuel consumption (approx. l/100 km )
Urban
Ex tra-urb an
Com bined
CO 2 emission (app rox . g/km)
Urban
Ex tra-urb an
Com bined
1)
2)
Z 14 XEP
Z 13 DT
Y 17 DTL
Z 17 DTH
8,0
5,3
6,3
6,5
4,3
5,1
6,6
4,7
5,4
2)
192
127
151
176
116
138
178
127
146
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
No va lu es were availab le w hen this do cum ent went to press.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
233
Weights, payload and roof load
The p ayload is the difference between the
permitted g ross vehicle weight (see identification plate, page 226) and the EC kerb
weight.
To calculate the kerb weight, enter the
data for y our vehicle below:
z Kerb weight from
Ta ble 1,
pages 235 to 241
+ ... ..... .... .. kg
The combined total of front a nd rear ax le
loa ds must not exceed the perm issible
gross vehicle weight. For exa mple, if the
front axle is b earing its m aximum p ermissible load, the rear ax le can only bear a load
that is equal to the gross vehicle weight minus the front axle load.
O ptional equipment and accessories increa se the k erb w eight, which means tha t
the p ayload will also change slig htly.
Corsa saloon
When the carav an/trailer is coupled and
the towing vehic le fully loaded (including
all occupants), the perm issible rear ax le
loa d (see identification plate or v ehicle
docum ents) may be exceeded by 45 kg
and the permissible gross vehicle weight by
15 kg. If the permissib le rear axle load is
exc eeded, a max imum speed of 60 mph
(100 km/h) a pplies. If national regula tions
specify a low er ma ximum speed for vehicles towing a ca ra van/trailer, this m ust be
ob served.
Note the weights given in the vehicle documents.
See the identification p la te or v ehicle documents for permissible ax le load s.
z Weight of heavy
accessories from Table 2,
page 242
+ ... ..... .... .. kg
The total
= ... ..... .... .. kg
is the EC k erb w eight.
Corsa deliv er y va n, Com bo
The permissible axle loads must not be exceeded.
See the identification p la te or v ehicle documents for permissible ax le load s.
234
www.comunidadCORSA.es
General inform ation
The permissib le roof load is 100 kg . The
roof load consists of the weight of the roof
rack plus the load carried.
Driving hints – see page 138.
Weights (kg), Table 1 , K erb w eight1 ), Cors a Saloon
Model
Eng ine2 )
3-d oor
Manua l
tra nsmission
Ea sytronic
Automatic
transmission
5-d oor
Manua l
tra nsmission
Easy tronic
Automatic
transmission
Corsa Life ECO
Z 10 XEP
–
1030
–
–
1055
–
Corsa Life ECO
wi th air cond itioning
system
Z 10 XEP
–
1055
–
–
1080
–
980
980
–
1005
1005
–
1010
1010
–
1035
1035
–
Z 14 XE
–
–
1075
–
–
1100
Z 14 XEP
1035
1035
–
1053
1053
–
Z 13 DT
1110
–
–
1135
–
–
Z 17 DTH
1155
–
–
1163
–
–
Corsa Life, Corsa Z 10 XEP
Expression with
air conditioning Z 12 XEP
or cli mate
Z 14 XE
control system
Z 14 XEP
1015
1015
–
1040
1040
–
1035
1035
–
1060
1060
–
–
–
1100
–
–
1125
1060
1060
–
1078
1078
Z 13 DT
1135
–
–
1160
–
–
Z 17 DTH
1180
–
–
1188
–
–
Corsa Life, Corsa Z 10 XEP
Expression
Z 12 XEP
1)
2)
According to EC D irective 70/ 156/EC, includ ing a ssum ed w eig hts fo r d river (68 kg ), lug ga ge (7 kg) and all fluids (tank 90 % full).
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
235
Weights (kg), Table 1 , K erb w eight1), Corsa Saloon
Model
Eng ine2 )
3-d oor
Manua l
tra nsmission
Ea sytronic
Automatic
transmission
5-d oor
Manua l
tra nsmission
Easy tronic
Automatic
transmission
Corsa
Acti ve
Z 10 XEP
1020
1020
–
1045
1045
–
Z 12 XEP
1040
1040
–
1065
1065
–
Z 14 XE
–
–
1095
–
–
1120
Z 14 XEP
1055
1055
–
1073
1073
–
Z 18 XE
1110
–
–
1135
–
–
Z 13 DT
1130
–
–
1155
–
–
Z 17 DTH
1185
–
–
1193
–
–
Z 10 XEP
1045
1045
–
1070
1070
–
Z 12 XEP
1065
1065
–
1090
1090
–
Z 14 XE
–
–
1120
–
–
1145
Z 14 XEP
1080
1080
–
1098
1098
–
Z 18 XE
1135
–
–
1160
–
–
Z 13 DT
1155
–
–
1180
–
–
Z 17 DTH
1210
–
–
1218
–
–
Corsa
Acti ve wit h air
condit ioning or
clim ate control
system
1)
2)
According to EC D irective 70/ 156/EC, includ ing a ssum ed w eig hts fo r d river (68 kg ), lug ga ge (7 kg) and all fluids (tank 90 % full).
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
236
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Weights (kg), Table 1 , K erb w eight1), Corsa Saloon
Model
Eng ine2 )
3-d oor
Manua l
tra nsmission
Ea sytronic
Automatic
transmission
5-d oor
Manua l
tra nsmission
Easy tronic
Automatic
transmission
SXi
Z 12 XEP
1045
1045
–
1070
1070
–
Z 14 XE
–
–
1100
–
–
1125
Z 14 XEP
1060
1060
–
1078
1078
–
Z 18 XE
1115
–
–
1140
–
–
Z 13 DT
1135
–
–
1160
–
–
Z 17 DTH
1180
–
–
1188
–
–
Z 12 XEP
1070
1070
–
1095
1095
–
Z 14 XE
–
–
1125
–
–
1150
Z 14 XEP
1085
1085
–
1103
1103
–
Z 18 XE
1140
–
–
1165
–
–
Z 13 DT
1160
–
–
1185
–
–
Z 17 DTH
1205
–
–
1213
–
–
SXi w ith air condit ioning
or cli mate
control system
1)
2)
According to EC D irective 70/ 156/EC, includ ing a ssum ed w eig hts fo r d river (68 kg ), lug ga ge (7 kg) and all fluids (tank 90 % full).
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
237
Weights (kg), Table 1 , K erb w eight1), Corsa Saloon
Model
Eng ine2 )
3-d oor
Manua l
tra nsmission
Ea sytronic
Automatic
transmission
5-d oor
Manua l
tra nsmission
Easy tronic
Automatic
transmission
Desi gn
Z 10 XEP
1030
1030
–
1055
1055
–
Z 12 XEP
1070
1070
–
1095
1095
–
Z 14 XE
–
–
1125
–
–
1150
Z 14 XEP
1085
1085
–
1103
1103
–
Z 18 XE
1135
–
–
1160
–
–
Z 13 DT
1160
–
–
1185
–
–
Z 17 DTH
1205
–
–
1213
–
–
Z 10 XEP
1055
1055
–
1080
1080
–
Z 12 XEP
1095
1095
–
1120
1120
–
Z 14 XE
–
–
1150
–
–
1175
Z 14 XEP
1110
1110
–
1128
1128
–
Z 18 XE
1160
–
–
1185
–
–
Z 13 DT
1185
–
–
1210
–
–
Z 17 DTH
1230
–
–
1238
–
–
Desi gn with a ir
condit ioning or
clim ate control
system
1)
2)
According to EC D irective 70/ 156/EC, includ ing a ssum ed w eig hts fo r d river (68 kg ), lug ga ge (7 kg) and all fluids (tank 90 % full).
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
238
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Weights (kg), Table 1, Kerb weight 1), Corsa Saloon
Model
Eng ine2 )
3-d oor
Manua l
tra nsmission
Ea sytronic
Automatic
transmission
5-d oor
Manua l
tra nsmission
Easy tronic
Automatic
transmission
SRi
Z 12 XEP
1070
1070
–
1095
1095
–
Z 14 XE
–
–
1125
–
–
1150
Z 14 XEP
1085
1085
–
1103
1103
–
Z 18 XE
1130
–
–
1155
–
–
Z 17 DTH
1205
–
–
1213
–
–
Z 12 XEP
1095
1095
–
1120
1120
–
Z 14 XE
–
–
1150
–
–
1175
Z 14 XEP
1110
1110
–
1128
1128
–
Z 18 XE
1155
–
–
1180
–
–
Z 17 DTH
1230
–
–
1238
–
–
SRi with a ir
condit ioning
or cli mate
control system
1)
2)
According to EC D irective 70/ 156/EC, includ ing a ssum ed w eig hts fo r d river (68 kg ), lug ga ge (7 kg) and all fluids (tank 90 % full).
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
239
Weights (kg), Table 1, Kerb weight 1 ), Cors avan
Model
Eng ine2 )
Manua l
tra nsmission
Ea sytronic
Automatic
transmission
Corsavan
Z 12 XEP
1040
–
–
Z 14 XEP
1055
–
–
Z13 DT
1130
–
–
Z17 DTH
1175
–
–
Z 12 XEP
1065
–
–
Z 14 XEP
1080
–
–
Z13 DT
1155
–
–
Z17 DTH
1200
–
–
Corsavan
wi th air con.
1)
2)
According to EC D irective 97/ 27/EC, in clud in g a ssum ed w eig hts for driver (6 8 kg ), lug ga ge (7 kg) and all fluids (tank 90 % full).
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
240
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Weights (kg), Table 1 , K erb w eight1 ), Combo
Model
Eng ine2 )
Ma nual
transmission
Com bo
va n
Z 14 XEP
1190
Z 13 DT
1278
Y 17 DTL
1278
Z 17 DTH
1320
Z 14 XEP
1350
Z 13 DT
1413
Y 17 DTL
1413
Z 17 DTH
1455
Z 14 XEP
1235
Z 13 DT
1325
Y 17 DTL
1278
Z 17 DTH
1365
Z 14 XEP
1265
Z 13 DT
1355
Y 17 DTL
1308
Z 17 DTH
1395
Com bo va n
wi th air
condit ioning
Com bo Com bi,
Com bo Tour
Com bo Com bi,
Com bo Tour
wi th air
condit ioning
1)
2)
According to EC D irective 97/ 27/EC, in clud in g a ssum ed w eig hts for driver (6 8 kg ), lug ga ge (7 kg) and all fluids (tank 90 % full).
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
241
Weights (kg), Table 2 , heavy acce ssorie s, Corsa
Accessories
Sun roof
Towi ng
equip ment
Anti-lock
brak e
system (ABS)
El ect ronic
Electric
pow er steering w indows
Side air bags
Weight
18
15
7
8
6
5
Loa ding floor ma t,
Corsavan
7
Weights (kg), Table 2, heavy accessories, Combo
Accessories
Sun roof
Towi ng
equip ment
Anti-lock
brak e
system (ABS)
Sli ding door
Rear vent
(front passen- w indows
ger’s side)
Loa d
Spli t load
compa rtment compa rtment
grille
grille
Weight
18
18
7
23
8
242
9
www.comunidadCORSA.es
10
Tyres
Restricti ons
Not a ll tyres ava ila ble on the market currently meet the structural requirements. We
recom mend that y ou consult a Vauxhall
Authorised Repairer concerning suitable
tyre makes.
These ty res have und ergone special tests
to establish their reliability, safety and specific suita bility for Vaux hall vehicles. Despite continuous m arket monitoring, we are
unable to assess these a ttributes for other
tyres, even if they have been granted approval b y the relev ant authorities or in
som e other form.
Further information – see pa ge 156.
Winter tyre s 3
Tyre sizes 195/45 R 16 and 205/40 R 17 are
not perm itted for use as winter ty res (M+S
tyres).
Tyre siz e 185/55 R 15 is only permitted on
vehic les with engine Z 17 DTH1) or Combos
in the " increased p ayload" version.
If winter tyres are used, the spare wheel
may still be fitted w ith a summ er ty re. Use
of the spare w heel may a lter vehicle handling . O btain a rep lacement for the faulty
tyre a s soon as possible, and have the
wheel balanced and fitted to the vehic le.
Further inform ation – see page 159.
Tyre chains 3
Ty re c hains may be used on the front
wheels only.
We recomm end the use of Vaux hall tested
fine mesh chains that add no m ore than
15 mm to the ty re tread and the inboard
sides (including chain lock).
Ty re c hains are not permitted on the tempora ry spare wheel or on ty res of siz e
185/60 R 15, 195/45 R 16 and 205/40 R 17.
Whe els
Wheel bolt tightening torque: 110 Nm.
O n vehicles with alloy wheels 3 the spa re
wheel m ay have a steel rim.
The spare wheel ma y have a smaller tyre
and a sm aller rim: using the sp are wheel
ma y cause d ifferent driving behaviour. Replace defective tyre as soon as possib le,
bala nce wheel and hav e it fitted to the v ehicle.
Tyre press ure in bar/ ps i2)
The specified ty re pressures are valid for
cold tyres. Increased tyre pressure resulting
from extensive driving must not be reduced. The specified pressures a pply to
both summer and winter ty res.
Further inform ation – see p ages 157 to 159.
Ty re c hains are only perm itted on tyres of
size 185/55 R 15 on vehicles with engine
Z 17 DTH1 ) or Com bos in the "increased
payload" version.
Further inform ation – see page 159.
XE 1)
In the case of vehicles with Z 18
engine, siz e 175/65 R 14 tyres are only permitted as winter ty res (M+ S ty res), and ma y
only be used in the winter months.
1)
2)
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
1 ba r corresp on ds to 100 kPa /14.5 p si.
243
(ctd.)
Corsa
Tyre pressure in bar/psi
Engine1 )
Z 10 XEP ECO
Ty res
155/80 R 13
Tyre pressure
for full load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
2.4/35
2.4/35
2. 7/39
3.0/44
14 3 )
2.7/39 4)
2,5/35 4 )
2. 7/39
3.0/44
175/65 R 14 3 )
2.4/35 5)
2,4/35 5 )
2. 7/39
3.0/44
Z 10 XEP,
Z 12 XEP
155/80
175/65
185/55
195/45
2.2/32
1.8/26
2. 4/35
2.8/41
Z 14 XE
175/65 R 14,
185/55 R 15 6 )
2.3/33
2.1/30
2. 4/35
2.8/41
195/45 R 16 7 ),
205/40 R 17
2.4/35
2.2/32
2. 6/38
3.0/44
175/65 R 14,
185/55 R 15 6 ),
195/45 R 16 7 )
2.3/33
2.1/30
2. 4/35
2.8/41
175/65 R
Z 14 XEP
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
244
(M+ S) 2)
Ty re pressure
for load of
up to 3 persons
R 13,
R 14,
R 156 ),
R 16 7 )
Sales d esigna tion – s ee p a ges 228, 22 9.
Us e only in the w in ter months.
Only Co ntinen ta l Eco Contact.
"ECO" tyre p ress ure for achieving fuel consu mp tion tha t is a s lo w a s po ssible.
"COMFORT" tyre pressure for imp roving driving com fort w ith little in crease in fu el co nsum ption.
R ecom mend ed: M ichelin XH1, Continental Premium Con ta ct, Firestone FH 700
or Goo dyea r Ea gle Ventu ra , Pirelli P 6 000.
R ecom mend ed: D unlop SP Sp ort 900 0, Good year Eag le F1 .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
(ctd.)
Corsa
Ty re pressure
for load of
up to 3 persons
Tyre pressure
for full load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
175/65 R 14
185/55 R 15 3 )
2.3/33
2.1/30
2. 4/35
2.8/41
195/45 R 164 ),
205/40 R 17
2.6/38
2.4/35
2. 6/38
3.0/44
Z 14 XEP S Ri,
Z 18 XE SRi
175/65 R 14 (M+ S) 2),
185/55 R 15 3 ),
195/45 R 16 4 )
2.4/35
2.2/32
2. 6/38
3.0/44
Z 13 DT
175/65 R 14,
185/55 R 15 3 )
2.3/33
2.1/30
2. 4/35
2.8/41
195/45 R 16 4 ),
205/40 R 17
2.4/35
2.2/32
2. 6/38
3.0/44
185/55 R 15 3 )
2.6/38
2.4/35
2. 6/38
3.0/44
15 5 )
2.4/35
2.2/32
2. 6/38
3.0/44
16 4 ),
2.7/39
2,5/36
2. 7/39
3.0/44
Tyre pressure in bar/psi
Engine1 )
Z 18 XE
Z 17 DTH
Ty res
(M+ S) 2) ,
185/60 R
195/45 R
205/40 R 17
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Sales d esigna tion – s ee p a ges 228, 22 9.
Us e only in the w in ter months.
R ecom mend ed: M ichelin XH1, Continental Premium Con ta ct, Firestone FH 700
or Goo dyea r Ea gle Ventu ra , Pirelli P 6 000.
R ecom mend ed: D unlop SP Sp ort 900 0, Good year Eag le F1 .
R ecom mend ation: Pirelli P 6000, Con tinental ECO CP.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
245
Tyre pressure in bar/psi
Comb o van
Ty re pressure
Tyre pressure
for load of
for full load
up to 2 persons
and 100 kg lugg age
Engine1 )
Ty res
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
Z 14
Z 13
Y 17
Z 17
175/70 R 142 )3) ,
185/60 R 15,
185/55 R 15
2.4/35
2.4/35
2. 4/35
3.5/51
T 115/70 R 16
4.2/61
4.2/61
4. 2/61
4.2/61
XEP,
DT,
DTL,
DTH
all
Comb o/C rew Cab
Engine1 )
Z 14
Z 13
Y 17
Z 17
all
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
246
XEP,
DT,
DTL,
DTH
Ty re pressure
for load of
up to 3 persons
Tyre pressure
for full load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
175/70 R
185/60 R 155 ),
185/55 R 15
2.4/35
2.4/35
2. 4/35
3.5/51
195/45 R 16 6 )
2,5/36
2,5/36
2, 5/36
3.5/51
T 115/70 R 16
4.2/61
4.2/61
4. 2/61
4.2/61
Ty res
144 ),
Sales d esigna tion – s ee p a ges 228, 22 9.
N ot permitted in vers io n with "increased pa ylo ad ".
R ecom mend ation: Du nlop SP 10 , Firestone F 580, Pirelli P 3000.
R ecom mend ation: Michelin Agilis 4 1, Co ntinen ta l Va ncoContact.
R ecom mend ed: P irelli P 6000 , Co ntinenta l ECO CP , Co ntinen ta l CPC.
N ot on vehicles with eng in e Z 17 DTH .
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Ele ctrical system
Battery
Voltage
12 Volt
Amp hours
36 Ah / 44 Ah 3 / 55 Ah 3 / 60 Ah 3 / 70 Ah 3
Battery for radio rem ote control
C R 20 32
www.comunidadCORSA.es
247
Capacities (app rox . in litres)
Eng ine 1 )
Z 10 XEP
Z 12 XEP
Z 14 XE
Z 14 XEP
Z 18 XE
Cooling systems in vehicles with
manual transmission, Ea sy tronic
without air conditioning
with air cond itioning
4.9
4.9
4.9
4.9
–
–
4. 9
4. 9
5.3
5.4
Cooling system in vehicles w ith
automatic transmission
without air conditioning
with air cond itioning
–
–
–
–
6.5
6.7
–
–
–
–
Fuel tank (nominal capa city )
Corsa
Combo
45
–
45
–
45
–
45
52
45
–
Engine oil with filter change
3.0
3.5
3.5
3. 5
4.25
Engine oil betw een MIN a nd MAX
on d ip stick
1.0
1.0
1.0
1. 0
1.0
Wind screen wash reserv oir
2.2
2.2
2.2
2. 2
2.2
Headlight wash reservoir
3.5
3.5
3.5
3. 5
3.5
1)
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
248
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Capacities (app rox . in litres)
Eng ine 1 )
Z 13 DT
Y 17 DTL
Z 17 DTH
Cooling systems in vehicles with
manual transmission, Ea sy tronic
without air conditioning
with air cond itioning
6.1
6.1
7.1
7.1
6. 1
6. 1
Cooling system in vehicles w ith
automatic transmission
without air conditioning
with air cond itioning
–
–
–
–
–
–
Fuel tank (nominal capa city )
Corsa
Combo
45
52
45
52
45
52
Engine oil with filter change
3.2
4.5
5. 0
Engine oil betw een MIN a nd MAX
on d ip stick
1.0
1.0
1. 0
Wind screen wash reserv oir
2.2
2.2
2. 2
Headlight wash reservoir
3.5
3.5
3. 5
1)
Sa les desig nation – see pa ges 228, 229.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
249
Dimensions (mm)
Corsa
Comb o
Length
3839
4322
Width
1646
1684
Width with two ex terior mirrors
1955
1892
Height
1440
1801
Loa d compartment length
–
10201 )/1780 2)
Loa d compartment width
–
11203 )/1300 4)
Wheelb ase
2491
2716
Turning c ircle diam eter, wall to wall5 )
10.45
11.25
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Co mbo Tou r, Comb o Com bi.
Co mbo va n
Wid th b etw een th e wheel hou sin gs.
Maximum width.
In metres.
250
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Mounting dim ens ions of
towing e quipme nt with
re movable coupling ball bar,
Corsa
All dimensions relate to trailer towing
equipm ent app rov ed b y Vauxhall.
Dimension
mm
A
330.5
B
649
C
465
D
430
E
71.5
F
81.5
G
487.5
H
470.5
I
173
J
485
K
120
We recom mend hav ing tow ing equipment retrofitted by a Va ux ha ll Authorised Rep airer.
www.comunidadCORSA.es
251
Mounting dim ens ions of
trailer hitch with
rigid coupling ball bar,
Combo
All dimensions relate to trailer towing
equipm ent app rov ed b y Vauxhall.
Dimension
mm
A
71
B
929
C
515
D
506.3
E
274.3
F
149
G
401.7
H
384
I
398
We recom mend hav ing tow ing equipment retrofitted by a Va ux ha ll Authorised Rep airer.
252
www.comunidadCORSA.es
www.comunidadCORSA.es
253
Index
B
A
AB S (Anti-lock Brake System ).. ..... .... ..... 154
Ac cessories. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... 93, 95, 98, 174
Ac cessory socket ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 75
Aerial .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 48
Air intak e.... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 124
Air recirculation system .... .... .... ..... . 114, 123
Air vents . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 115
Airba gs... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 84
Ala rm .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 62
Alterna tor ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 31
Anti-corrosion service.. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 210
Anti-freeze . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 214
Anti-freeze protection. ..... .... .... ..... . 214, 218
Anti-knock q ua lity of fuel .... .... ..... .... ..... 142
O ctane number.... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 228
Anti-theft lock
Alloy wheels .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 181
Anti-theft protection ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 24
Aq ua planing ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 158
Ashtray ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 76
Automatic anti-da zzle interior mirror ... .... 7
Automatic climate control system ... ..... 119
Automatic tra nsmission ... .... .... .. 21, 22, 132
C ontrol indicator.. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 134
Driving programm es .... .... .... ..... .... ..... 134
Fault.... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 136
Interruption of power supply .... .... ..... 137
K ic kdown ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 135
Selector lever... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 21, 22
Winter programm e.. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 134
Automatic wiping .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 18
254
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Battery .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... 139, 218, 247
Interruption
of power supply .. .... ..... .56, 104, 130, 137
Before starting off .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 22
Belt tensioners .... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 80
Bleeding, diesel fuel sy stem .... .... ..... .... . 170
Bonnet ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 63
Brake servo unit.. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 153
Brake system . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 152
Brakes.... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 152
ABS .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 154
Brake fluid .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 227
Brake lights ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 202, 203
Brake servo unit.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 138, 153
Foot brak e.. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 153
Hand brak e..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 154
Bulb replacem ent ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 194
Bulbs.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 98, 194
C
C (continued)
D
Ca pacities ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .248, 249
Ca r Pass... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 4
Ca re .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 221
Ca ta lytic converter .. ..... .... ..... 144, 147, 170
Central locking system . .... ..... .... .... ..... 52, 54
Centre console lighting .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 101
Changing
the remote control b attery.. .... .... ... 53, 247
Changing ty re/w heel ty pe..... .... .... ..... .... 156
Changing wheels . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 179
Child restraint systems . .... ..... .... .... ..... 95, 98
Child safety locks . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..50
Child safety seats .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 95
Ciga rette lig hter... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 75
Clim ate control system . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 119
Clock ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 35
Clutch operation .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 139
CO 2 em issions. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 231
Code numbers. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 4
Coin holder .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 77
Cold start . .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 139
Contra st.. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 42
Control indica tor
ABS (Anti-lock Brak e S ystem) ... .... ..... 155
Airbag. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 89
Engine electronics .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 146
Exhaust ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 146
Imm obiliser.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 51
TC (Traction C ontrol system) .... .... ..... 148
Transm ission ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 134
Control indica tors .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 12, 29
belt tensioners. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 81
EPS (Electric Power S teering) .... .... ..... .. 32
Coolant... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 214
Coolant level ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 215
Coolant temp erature d isplay .. ..... .... ..... .. 36
Coolant thermometer.. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 36
Correcting time ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 41
Coupling sock et load .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 166
Courtesy light.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 101
Courtesy lights
Bulb replacem ent .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 206
Cruise control .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 150
Curtain airbags... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 87
Data .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 51, 226
Date... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 38
Day tim e running lights ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 99
Decommissioning ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 220
Demisting a nd Defrosting
With the air conditioning system . .... . 118
Demisting a nd defrosting
Windows . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 117
with autom atic
climate control system .... ..... .... ..... .... . 121
Diesel fuel filter ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 214
Diesel fuel system ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 170, 214
Dimensions. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 250
Dipped beam. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... . 15, 99
Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ... 194, 199, 201
Display .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 37
Display m ode. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 42
Door locks .. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 50, 224
Door-to-d oor light function ..... .... ..... .... ... 16
Door-to-d oor lighting. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 16
Driving ab road ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 142, 209
Head lig hts.. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 102
Toll system s..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 48
Driving hints... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 138
www.comunidadCORSA.es
255
E
E (continued)
F
Ea sy tronic .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ... 20, 126
driv ing programmes . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 127
fault. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 130
Interrup tion of power sup ply .... ..... .... 130
Kickdown . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 128
Selector lever .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ... 20, 126
winter programme .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 128
Ec onomical driving .. ..... .... ..... .... .... .138, 140
Electric folding roof . ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 107
Electric folding sun roof ... ..... .... .... ..... .... 109
Electric power steering . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..32
Electric sun roof ... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 106
Electric windows... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 104
Electrical system .. .... ..... .... ..... 188, 219, 247
Electronic components . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 219
Electronic immobiliser... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 51
Electronic Stability Program . .... .... ..... .... 149
Ellipsoidal headlight sy stem . .... .... ..... .... 199
Engine c od e .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... . 228, 229
Engine c ontrol indicator... .... .... ..... .... ..... 146
Engine oil .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 212
Engine oil c hange .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 213
Engine oil c onsumption.... .... ..212, 228, 229
Engine oil filter .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 213
Engine oil level .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 212
Engine speed .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 139
Engine w ash .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 224
Environmental protection .... ..212, 213, 221
EPS . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 32
ESP (Electronic Stab ility Prog ra m).... ..... 149
Exhaust control indicator . .... .... ..... .... ..... 146
Exhaust gases . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 22, 147
Exhaust sy stem ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 147
Exterior mirrors ... ..... .... ..... .... .... .... 8, 97, 114
Fan .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... 113, 211, 212
Fault .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 104
Filling station
Capac ities .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 248, 249
Engine oil level .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 212
Fuel .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... 142, 228, 229
Ignition k ey ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..4
Opening the bonnet .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 63
Tyre pressure .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 243
Vehic le da ta .... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 226, 227
Windscreen wash sy stem ..... .... ..... .... . 218
First-aid kit . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 98, 174
Flat tyre. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 184
Fog lights ... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 101
Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 202
Fog tail light
Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 202
Fog tail lights. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 101
Folding sun roof
Manual operation... ..... .... ..... .... .. 108, 110
Foot brake . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 153
Front p assenger airbag .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 84
Fuel .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... 142, 228, 229
Fuel consum ption ... .... ..... .... ... 140, 142, 230
Fuel gauge . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 36
Fuel level .... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 36
Fuel system, diesel . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 170
Fuses . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 188
256
www.comunidadCORSA.es
G
H (continue d)
I
Gears .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 20
Genuine Vauxhall Parts and Accessories25
Glasses compartment .. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 77
Glove compartment ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 77
Graphical information displa y.. .... ..... .... .. 37
Gross vehicle w eight ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 234
Gross vehicle w eight rating... .... .... ..... .... 234
Heated front seats .. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 115
Heated rear window ... ..... .... .... 19, 114, 121
Heating .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... . 112, 116
Seats ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 115
with automatic
climate control sy stem . .... .... ..... .... ..... 120
With the air conditioning sy stem.. ..... 112
Height ad justment
seat b elts ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 82
Steering wheel. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... 9
Horn.... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 17
Identifica tion plate. .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 226, 227
Ignition logic .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 43
Ignition system ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 211, 219
Im mobiliser .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 51
Information disp lay .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 37
Infotainment system .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 37
Inspection system ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 210
Instrum ent illumination ... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 101
Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 207
Instrum ent panel .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 10
Instrum ents .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... 10, 29, 34, 35
Interior m irror. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..7
Interruption of power supply
Easytronic... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 130
Electric sun roof .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 107
Electric windows . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 104
Electronic S tability Program .... .. 149, 219
folding sun roof .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 108, 110
Selector lev er lock ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 137
IS O-FIX .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 95
H
Halogen headlight system .... .... .... ..... .... 194
Hand b rake. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .23, 24, 154
Haza rd warning lights.. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 17
Head restraints .... .... ..... .... ..... .28, 64, 65, 98
Headlight flash .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 15
Headlight range adjustment .... .... .100, 194
Headlight sw itc h.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 15, 99
Headlight wash sy stem .... ..... .... .... ... 18, 218
Headlights... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 15
Da ytime running lights. ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 99
Driv ing abroad . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 102
Fog lights. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 101
Reversing lights .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 101
Warning device .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 24
Headlights
Changing bulbs.... ..... .... ..... .... .... .194, 199
Heated exterior mirrors .... ..... ... 19, 114, 121
www.comunidadCORSA.es
257
N
J
L (continued)
Jac k . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .178, 181
Jump leads .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 170
Locking d oors . .... ..... .... ..... .... ....4, 50, 52, 54
Locking from the inside ... .... .... ..... .... . 50, 54
Locks... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 224
Lubricants .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... . 212, 227
Luggag e comp artm ent ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 57
Bulb replacem ent .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 206
C ov er .. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 70
Extension ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 66, 68
Lashing eyes ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 69
Lighting .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 102
Loading .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 74, 165, 234
Locking ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 57
Luggag e comp artm ent cover . ..... .... ..... .. 70
N um ber plate lights
Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 204
N um ber plate lighting .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 204O
O ctane numbers. .... .... ..... .... ...142, 228, 229
O dometer... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 34
O il change . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 213
O il consumption . .... .... ..... .... ...212, 228, 229
O il filter change.. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 213
O il lev el.. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 212
O perating temperature .. .... ..... .... ..... .... . 139
O peration of the system . .... ..... .... ..... .... . 117
O utside tem perature g auge ... .... ..... .... ... 47
O verrun . ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 139, 141
M
P
K
Key
ig nition lock . ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 23
Locking d oors... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 50, 52, 54
Remove .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 24
Starting .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... . 9, 23, 51
Key numbers, .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... 4
Keys .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .. 4, 50
L
Langua ge selection. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 41
Lashing eyes ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 69, 72
Leather trim .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 223
Light switch . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 15
Lighting ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 15, 99
Driv ing abroad . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 102
Loa d compartment grille. ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 72
Loa ding ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... ... 74, 165, 234
Loa ding area
load ing . .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..74
Loa ding the v ehicle. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 74
Loc k buttons ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 50
258
M+S ty res .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 159
Main bea m. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 15, 99
Bulb replacem ent .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 196
C ontrol indicator.. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 31
Maintenance... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 25, 210
Air conditioning system .... .... ..... .... ..... 125
Anti-freeze protec tion .. .... .... ..... .... ..... 214
Brakes. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 152
C atalytic converter .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 147
Engine oil ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... . 212, 213
Fuel consum ption .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 141
Tyre pressure... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 157
Tyres ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... . 157, 158
Windscreen wiper .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 216
Mirrors .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... 7, 97
Misted windows .. ..... .... ..... .... ..117, 118, 121
Mobile telephone..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 49
www.comunidadCORSA.es
Paintwork dam age. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 223
Parking distance sensor.. .... ..... .... ..... .... . 151
Parking .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 24, 151
Parking lights. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 15
Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 197
Parking the vehicle. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 24
Parts .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... . 25, 98
Pedals.... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 139
Performance .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 230
Petrol . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ... 142, 228, 229
Pinking... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 142
Pollen filter . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 124
Power steering .... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 138
tow ing ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 172
Preheating . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... . 23, 31
Preheating sw itch ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 23
Pushing, towing .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 170
R
S
S (continued)
Radio .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 48
Radio equipment (C B).. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 49
Radio remote control ... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 52
Rain sensor.. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... ... 18, 216, 222
Reading lights. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 102
Rear light cluster.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 99
Bulb replacement. ..... .... ..... .... .... .202, 203
Rear seat ba ckrests. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... 66, 68
Rear window wash system .... ... 18, 218, 222
Refuelling . .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 143
Fuel filler cap .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 143
Relays . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 188
Remote control
Central locking system . ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 52
Replacem ent keys ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 50
Reversing lights.... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 101
Bulb replacement. ..... .... ..... .... .... .202, 203
Roof load . .... .... ..... .... ..... ... 74, 138, 141, 234
Roof rack . .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .141, 160
Roof racks ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .141, 160
Running-in ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 138
Bra kes .. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 152
Safeguard
against unauthorised use .. 4, 9, 24, 50, 51
Safety . .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 78
Safety accessories ... .... ..... .... .... .. 95, 98, 174
Safety net ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 71
Safety sy stems .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 78
Saving energy . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 140
Sea t belts ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .. 79, 82, 224
Sea t height adjustm ent ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... 6
Sea t occupancy recognition .... ..... .... ..... .. 89
Sea ts ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... 5
Extending
the lugg age com partment .. ..... .... ..... .. 66
hea ted .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 115
Selector lev er lock .... .... ..... .... .... .. 21, 22, 133
Self-diagnosis . .... ..... .... ..... ..81, 89, 148, 155
Self-help . .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 170
Automatic transm ission ... .... ..... .... ..... 136
Electric windows... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 103
Fold ing sun roof... .... ..... .... .... ..... . 108, 110
Information disp la y . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 38
Radio remote control ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 52
Serv ic e Booklet.... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 25
S ervice interval d isplay ... .... ..... .... .... 28, 210
S ervice work ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... 25, 210
S id e airba gs... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 86
S ig nal sy stem. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... . 15, 17
S lid ing doors .. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 56
S pare k eys.. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 50
S pare w heel ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 176, 179
S peed .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 140, 141
Fuel consumption ... ..... .... ..... .... .. 140, 141
S peedometer . ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 34
S ta rter switch. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 51
S ta rting the engine .... ..... .... ..... .... 9, 51, 170
S elf-help ... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 170
S teering column lock .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... ... 9, 24
S teering w heel a djustment . ..... .... ..... .... .... ..9
S teering w heel remote control .... ..... .... ... 26
S towa ge c om partments . .... ..... .... ..... . 73, 77
S un roof. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 105, 106
fault ... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 107
S un shade .. .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 105, 106
S un v isors ... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 77
S ystem settings... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 40
www.comunidadCORSA.es
259
T
T (continued)
U
Tachometer. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 34
Tail lights . .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..99
Bulb replacement. ..... .... ..... .... .... .202, 203
Tailgate ... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 57
Tank
Fuel gauge .. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 36
TC (Traction C ontrol Sy stem) ... .... ..... .... 148
Technical d ata ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 226
Tem perature regulation... ..... .... .... ..... .... 113
Tem porary spare wheel ... ..... .... .... .159, 177
The first 600 miles/1000 km .. .... .... ..... .... 138
Tightening torque.... ..... .... ..... .... .... .183, 243
Time .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 38
Toll sy stems. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 48
Tools ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 178
Towing ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 172
Towing eq uipm ent .. ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 160
Towing ey e.. .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .172, 174
Traction Control sy stem ... ..... .... .... ..... .... 148
Trailer/caravan towing . .... ..... .... .... .138, 160
Tra nsmission, automatic . .... .... ..21, 22, 132
Driving programm e. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 134
Fault.... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 136
Interruption of power supply .... .... ..... 137
K ic kdown ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 135
Selector lever... ..... .... ..... .... .... .. 21, 22, 133
Selector lever loc k .... ..... .... .... ..... .... . 21, 22
Winter programm e.. ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 134
Tra nsmission, Easytronic . .... .... ..... .... ..... 126
driving p rogram mes ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 127
fault .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 130
Interruption of power supply .... .... ..... 130
K ic kdown ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 128
Selector lever... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... ... 20, 126
winter p rog ra mme... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 128
Tread d epth .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 158
Trip computer . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .27, 43
Trip odometer . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 35
Triple inform ation d isplay .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 37
Turn signal lights ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .. 16
Turn signals
Bulb replacem ent198, 200, 201, 202, 203
Ty re c hains. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 159
Ty re c ondition . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 157
Ty re p ressure .. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... . 157, 243
Ty re repair kit . .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 184
Units of mea sure .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 42
Unlea ded fuel ..... .... .... .... 142, 144, 228, 229
Used oil . ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... .. 212, 213
260
www.comunidadCORSA.es
V
Vauxhall alarm system ... .... ..... .... ..... .... ... 60
Vauxhalll Service .... .... ..... .... ..... 25, 208, 209
Vehicle care ... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 221
Vehicle decom missioning ... ..... .... ..... .... . 220
Vehicle identification numb er . .... ..... .... . 227
Vehicle recomm issioning .... ..... .... ..... .... . 220
Ventilation . .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ...112, 116, 122
W
W (continue d)
X
Warning buzzers.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .. 24
Warning lig hts
ESP (Electronic Stability Program ) . .... 149
Warning triangle.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ... 98, 174
wash bottle, wind screen wa sh system .. 218
Weights.... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 234
Wheels ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 156
Wheels, ty res ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 156
Wind ow s.. .... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 103
Demisting and defrosting . 117, 118, 121
Wind screen wash system . ..... .... .... ... 18, 218
Anti-freeze protection .. ..... .... .... ..... .... 218
Capacities.... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... .248, 249
wash b ottle.. ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... 218
Wind screen wiper .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ... 17, 216
Winter mode
starting-off aid ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... . 128, 134
Winter op eration
Battery .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 139
C oolant, a nti-freeze ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 214
Fuel consum ption .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 141
Fuel for diesel engines.. .... .... ..... .... ..... 142
Heating... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 112
Locks... .... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 224
Tyre chains.. .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... .... ..... 159
Window demisting
and d efrosting ..... .... ..... .... ..117, 118, 121
Windscreen wa sh system,
anti-freeze p rotection .. .... .... ..... .... ..... 218
Winter prog ra mme.. .... ..... .... .... ..... . 128, 134
Winter tyres ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... .... ..... . 159, 243
Xenon head lig ht system
Bulb replacement ... ..... .... ..... .... ..... .... . 201
www.comunidadCORSA.es
261
262
www.comunidadCORSA.es